Add Special:Mute as a shortcut for muting notifications
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path of the skins directory.
198 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
199 * @since 1.3
200 */
201 $wgStylePath = false;
202 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
206 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
207 * @since 1.17
208 */
209 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
214 * @since 1.16
215 */
216 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * Filesystem extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.25
222 */
223 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
228 * @since 1.3
229 */
230 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
231
232 /**
233 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
234 * which is replaced by the article title.
235 *
236 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
237 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
238 */
239 $wgArticlePath = false;
240
241 /**
242 * The URL path for the images directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
244 */
245 $wgUploadPath = false;
246
247 /**
248 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
249 */
250 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
251
252 /**
253 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
254 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
255 */
256 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
257
258 /**
259 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
260 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
261 */
262 $wgLogo = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
266 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
267 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
268 *
269 * @par Example:
270 * @code
271 * $wgLogoHD = [
272 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
273 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
274 * ];
275 * @endcode
276 *
277 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
278 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
279 * be optimised for screen resolution.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
285 * ];
286 * @endcode
287 *
288 * @since 1.25
289 */
290 $wgLogoHD = false;
291
292 /**
293 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
294 * @since 1.6
295 */
296 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
297
298 /**
299 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
300 * Defaults to no icon.
301 * @since 1.12
302 */
303 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
304
305 /**
306 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
307 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
308 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
309 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
310 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
311 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
312 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
313 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
314 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
315 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
316 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
317 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
318 * understand it).
319 *
320 * @var array|string|bool
321 * @since 1.25
322 */
323 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
324
325 /**
326 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
327 * be web accessible.
328 *
329 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
330 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
331 * logic.
332 *
333 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
334 * variable.
335 *
336 * @see wfTempDir()
337 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
338 */
339 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
340
341 /**
342 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
343 * upload URL.
344 * @since 1.4
345 */
346 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
347
348 /**
349 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
350 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
351 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
352 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
353 * @since 1.17
354 */
355 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
356
357 /**
358 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
359 * plain page views, add to this array.
360 *
361 * @par Example:
362 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
363 * @code
364 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
365 * @endcode
366 *
367 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
368 * URLs.
369 * @since 1.5
370 */
371 $wgActionPaths = [];
372
373 /**@}*/
374
375 /************************************************************************//**
376 * @name Files and file uploads
377 * @{
378 */
379
380 /**
381 * Allow users to upload files.
382 *
383 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
384 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
385 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
386 *
387 * @since 1.5
388 */
389 $wgEnableUploads = false;
390
391 /**
392 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
393 */
394 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
395
396 /**
397 * Allows to move images and other media files
398 */
399 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
400
401 /**
402 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
403 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
404 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
405 *
406 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
407 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
408 */
409 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
413 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
414 *
415 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
416 * completeness.
417 */
418 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
419
420 /**
421 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
422 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
423 */
424 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
425
426 /**
427 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
428 */
429 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
430
431 /**
432 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
433 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
434 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
435 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
436 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
437 *
438 * Example:
439 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
440 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
441 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
442 *
443 * @see $wgFileBackends
444 */
445 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
446
447 /**
448 * File repository structures
449 *
450 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
451 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
452 * array of properties configuring the repository.
453 *
454 * Properties required for all repos:
455 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
456 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
457 *
458 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
459 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
460 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
461 *
462 * For most core repos:
463 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
464 * container : backend container name the zone is in
465 * directory : root path within container for the zone
466 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
467 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
468 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
469 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
470 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
471 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
472 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
473 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
474 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
475 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
476 * handler instead.
477 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
478 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
479 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
480 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
481 * - pathDisclosureProtection
482 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
483 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
484 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
485 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
486 * is 0644.
487 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
488 * some remote repos.
489 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
490 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
491 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
492 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
493 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
494 *
495 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
496 * for local repositories:
497 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
498 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
499 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
500 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
501 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
502 * on the local wiki.
503 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
504 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
505 *
506 * ForeignDBRepo:
507 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
508 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
509 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
510 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
511 * and accessible from, this wiki.
512 *
513 * ForeignAPIRepo:
514 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
515 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
516 *
517 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
518 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
519 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
520 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
521 * be searched after the local file repo.
522 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
523 *
524 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
525 */
526 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
530 *
531 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
532 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
533 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
534 *
535 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
536 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
537 *
538 * @since 1.11
539 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
540 */
541 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
542
543 /**
544 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
545 *
546 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
547 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
548 * default settings.
549 *
550 * @since 1.16
551 */
552 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
553
554 /**
555 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
556 *
557 * Uses the following variables:
558 *
559 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
560 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
561 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
562 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
563 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
564 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
565 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
566 *
567 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
568 * class, with also the following variables:
569 *
570 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
571 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
572 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
573 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
574 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
575 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
576 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
577 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
578 *
579 * @var bool
580 * @since 1.3
581 */
582 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
583
584 /**
585 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
586 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
587 *
588 * @var string
589 * @since 1.3
590 */
591 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
592
593 /**
594 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
595 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
596 *
597 * @var string
598 * @since 1.3
599 */
600 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
601
602 /**
603 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
604 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
605 *
606 * @var bool
607 * @since 1.3
608 */
609 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
610
611 /**
612 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
613 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
614 *
615 * @since 1.5
616 */
617 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
618
619 /**
620 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
621 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
622 *
623 * @var bool
624 * @since 1.5
625 */
626 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
627
628 /**
629 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
630 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
631 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
632 *
633 * @var bool|string
634 * @since 1.4
635 */
636 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
637
638 /**
639 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
640 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
641 *
642 * @var string
643 * @since 1.5
644 */
645 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
646
647 /**
648 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
649 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
650 *
651 * @var bool
652 * @since 1.5
653 */
654 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
655
656 /**
657 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
658 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
659 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
660 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
661 *
662 * Example:
663 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
664 */
665 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
666
667 /**
668 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
669 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
670 *
671 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
672 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
673 *
674 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
675 */
676 $wgUploadDialog = [
677 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
678 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
679 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
680 'fields' => [
681 'description' => true,
682 'date' => false,
683 'categories' => false,
684 ],
685 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
686 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
687 'licensemessages' => [
688 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
689 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
691 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
692 'local' => 'generic-local',
693 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
694 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
696 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
697 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
698 ],
699 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
700 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
701 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
702 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
703 'comment' => [
704 'local' => '',
705 'foreign' => '',
706 ],
707 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
708 'format' => [
709 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
710 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
711 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
712 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
713 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
714 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
715 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
716 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
717 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
718 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
719 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
720 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
721 // * $TEXT - input by the user
722 'description' => '$TEXT',
723 'ownwork' => '',
724 'license' => '',
725 'uncategorized' => '',
726 ],
727 ];
728
729 /**
730 * File backend structure configuration.
731 *
732 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
733 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
734 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
735 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
736 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
737 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
738 *
739 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
740 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
741 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
742 *
743 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
744 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
745 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
746 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
747 *
748 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
749 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
750 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
751 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
752 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
753 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
754 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
755 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
756 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
757 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
758 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
759 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
760 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
761 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
762 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
763 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
764 */
765 $wgFileBackends = [];
766
767 /**
768 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
769 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
770 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
771 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
772 *
773 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
774 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
775 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
776 *
777 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
778 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
779 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
780 */
781 $wgLockManagers = [];
782
783 /**
784 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
785 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
786 *
787 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
788 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
789 * extensions" section of php.ini:
790 * @code{.ini}
791 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
792 * @endcode
793 */
794 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
795
796 /**
797 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
798 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
799 * Defaults to false.
800 */
801 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
805 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
806 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
807 */
808 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
809
810 /**
811 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
812 *
813 * @since 1.20
814 */
815 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
816
817 /**
818 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
819 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
820 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
821 */
822 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
823
824 /**
825 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
826 * @since 1.20
827 */
828 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
829
830 /**
831 * Different timeout for upload by url
832 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
833 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
834 * to default.
835 *
836 * @var int|bool
837 *
838 * @since 1.22
839 */
840 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
841
842 /**
843 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
844 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
845 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
846 * for non-specified types.
847 *
848 * @par Example:
849 * @code
850 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
851 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
852 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
853 * ];
854 * @endcode
855 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
856 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
857 */
858 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
859
860 /**
861 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
862 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
863 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
864 * @since 1.26
865 */
866 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
867
868 /**
869 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
870 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
871 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
872 *
873 * @par Example:
874 * @code
875 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
876 * @endcode
877 */
878 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
879
880 /**
881 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
882 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
883 * appended to it as appropriate.
884 */
885 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
886
887 /**
888 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
889 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
890 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
891 * access to the thumbnail path.
892 *
893 * @par Example:
894 * @code
895 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
896 * @endcode
897 */
898 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
899
900 /**
901 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
902 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
903 *
904 * @var string
905 * @since 1.3
906 */
907 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
908
909 /**
910 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
911 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
912 *
913 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
914 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
915 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
916 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
917 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
918 *
919 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
920 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
921 */
922 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
923
924 /**
925 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
926 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
927 *
928 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
929 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
930 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
931 */
932 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
933
934 /**
935 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
936 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
937 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
938 */
939 $wgFileBlacklist = [
940 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
941 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
942 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
943 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
944 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
945 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
946 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
947 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
948
949 /**
950 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
951 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
952 */
953 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
954 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
955 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
956 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
957 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
958 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
959 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
960 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
961 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
962 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
963 'application/x-msmetafile',
964 ];
965
966 /**
967 * Allow Java archive uploads.
968 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
969 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
970 */
971 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
972
973 /**
974 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
975 *
976 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
977 */
978 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
979
980 /**
981 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
982 * by $wgFileExtensions.
983 *
984 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
985 */
986 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
990 *
991 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
992 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
993 */
994 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
995
996 /**
997 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
998 */
999 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1000
1001 /**
1002 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1003 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1004 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1005 *
1006 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1007 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1008 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1009 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1010 */
1011 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1012 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1014 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1015 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1016 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1017 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1018 ];
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1022 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1023 *
1024 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1025 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1026 */
1027 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1028
1029 /**
1030 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1031 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1032 */
1033 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1034 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1042 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1043 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1044 ];
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1048 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1049 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1050 *
1051 * @since 1.21
1052 */
1053 $wgContentHandlers = [
1054 // the usual case
1055 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1056 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1057 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1058 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1059 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1060 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1061 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1062 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1063 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1064 ];
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1068 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1069 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1070 */
1071 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1075 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1076 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1077 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1078 *
1079 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1080 */
1081 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1082
1083 /**
1084 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1085 */
1086 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1090 * @since 1.27
1091 */
1092 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1096 */
1097 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1101 */
1102 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1106 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1107 */
1108 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1112 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1113 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1114 *
1115 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1116 * @code
1117 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1118 * @endcode
1119 *
1120 * Leave as false to skip this.
1121 */
1122 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1126 *
1127 * @since 1.21
1128 */
1129 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1130
1131 /**
1132 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1133 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1134 * at sharp edges.
1135 *
1136 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1137 *
1138 * Supported values:
1139 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1140 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1141 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1142 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1143 *
1144 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1145 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1146 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1147 *
1148 * @since 1.27
1149 */
1150 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1151
1152 /**
1153 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1154 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1155 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1156 *
1157 * @since 1.32
1158 */
1159 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1160
1161 /**
1162 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1163 * image formats.
1164 */
1165 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1166
1167 /**
1168 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1169 *
1170 * @since 1.26
1171 */
1172 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1176 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1177 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1178 *
1179 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1180 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1181 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1182 */
1183 $wgSVGConverters = [
1184 'ImageMagick' =>
1185 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1186 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1188 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1189 . '$output $input',
1190 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1191 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1192 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1193 ];
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1197 */
1198 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1199
1200 /**
1201 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1202 */
1203 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1204
1205 /**
1206 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1207 */
1208 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1212 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1213 */
1214 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Obsolete, no longer used.
1218 * SVG file uploads now always allow <title> elements.
1219 *
1220 * @deprecated 1.34
1221 */
1222 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = true;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1226 * page language), if available.
1227 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1228 * to specify text language.
1229 *
1230 * @since 1.33
1231 */
1232 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1233
1234 /**
1235 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1236 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1237 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1238 *
1239 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1240 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1241 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1242 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1243 *
1244 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1245 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1246 */
1247 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1248
1249 /**
1250 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1251 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1252 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1253 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1254 */
1255 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1256
1257 /**
1258 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1259 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1260 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1261 *
1262 * @par Example:
1263 * @code
1264 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1265 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1266 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1267 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1268 * @endcode
1269 */
1270 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1271
1272 /**
1273 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1274 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1275 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1276 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1277 */
1278 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1282 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1283 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1284 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1285 */
1286 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1287
1288 /**
1289 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1290 * output instead of showing an error message.
1291 *
1292 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1293 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1294 *
1295 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1296 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1297 * are logged to a file for review.
1298 */
1299 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1300
1301 /**
1302 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1303 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1304 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1305 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1306 * webserver(s).
1307 */
1308 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1309
1310 /**
1311 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1312 */
1313 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1317 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1318 * is available that can rotate.
1319 */
1320 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1321
1322 /**
1323 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1324 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1325 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1326 */
1327 $wgAntivirus = null;
1328
1329 /**
1330 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1331 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1332 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1333 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1334 *
1335 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1336 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1337 *
1338 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1339 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1340 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1341 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1342 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1343 * path.
1344 *
1345 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1346 * function in SpecialUpload.
1347 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1348 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1349 * is not set.
1350 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1351 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1352 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1353 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1354 * no virus was found.
1355 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1356 * a virus.
1357 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1358 *
1359 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1360 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1361 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1362 */
1363 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1364
1365 # setup for clamav
1366 'clamav' => [
1367 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1368 'codemap' => [
1369 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1370 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1371 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1372 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1373 ],
1374 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1375 ],
1376 ];
1377
1378 /**
1379 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1380 */
1381 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1382
1383 /**
1384 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1385 */
1386 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1387
1388 /**
1389 * Determines whether extra checks for IE type detection should be applied.
1390 * This is a conservative check for exactly what IE 6 or so checked for,
1391 * and shouldn't trigger on for instance JPEG files containing links in EXIF
1392 * metadata.
1393 *
1394 * @since 1.34
1395 */
1396 $wgVerifyMimeTypeIE = true;
1397
1398 /**
1399 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1400 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1401 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1402 */
1403 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1404
1405 /**
1406 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1407 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1408 */
1409 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1410
1411 /**
1412 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1413 * the MIME type to standard output.
1414 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1415 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1416 *
1417 * @par Example:
1418 * @code
1419 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1420 * @endcode
1421 */
1422 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1423
1424 /**
1425 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1426 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1427 * can be trusted.
1428 */
1429 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1430
1431 /**
1432 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1433 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1434 */
1435 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1436 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1437 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1438 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1439 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1440 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1441 ];
1442
1443 /**
1444 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1445 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1446 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1447 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1448 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1449 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1450 */
1451 $wgImageLimits = [
1452 [ 320, 240 ],
1453 [ 640, 480 ],
1454 [ 800, 600 ],
1455 [ 1024, 768 ],
1456 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1457 ];
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1461 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1462 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1463 */
1464 $wgThumbLimits = [
1465 120,
1466 150,
1467 180,
1468 200,
1469 250,
1470 300
1471 ];
1472
1473 /**
1474 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1475 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1476 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1477 *
1478 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1479 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1480 * supports it.
1481 */
1482 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1483
1484 /**
1485 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1486 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1487 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1488 * following buckets:
1489 *
1490 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1491 *
1492 * and a distance of 50:
1493 *
1494 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1495 *
1496 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1497 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1498 */
1499 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1500
1501 /**
1502 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1503 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1504 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1505 *
1506 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1507 *
1508 * @since 1.25
1509 */
1510
1511 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1512
1513 /**
1514 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1515 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1516 *
1517 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1518 * thumbnail's URL.
1519 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1520 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1521 *
1522 * @since 1.25
1523 */
1524 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1525
1526 /**
1527 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1528 *
1529 * @since 1.25
1530 */
1531 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1532
1533 /**
1534 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1535 * HTTP request to.
1536 *
1537 * @since 1.25
1538 */
1539 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1540
1541 /**
1542 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1543 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1544 *
1545 * @since 1.26
1546 */
1547 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1548
1549 /**
1550 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1551 * Fields are:
1552 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1553 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1554 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1555 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1556 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1557 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1558 * @deprecated since 1.28
1559 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1560 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1561 * - mode: Gallery mode
1562 */
1563 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1564
1565 /**
1566 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1567 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1568 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1569 */
1570 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1574 */
1575 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1576
1577 /**
1578 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1579 *
1580 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1581 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1582 */
1583 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1584
1585 /**
1586 * @name DJVU settings
1587 * @{
1588 */
1589
1590 /**
1591 * Path of the djvudump executable
1592 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1593 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1594 */
1595 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1599 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1600 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1601 */
1602 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1606 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1607 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1608 */
1609 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1613 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1614 *
1615 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1616 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1617 * the efficiency problem.
1618 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1619 *
1620 * @par Example:
1621 * @code
1622 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1623 * @endcode
1624 */
1625 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1626
1627 /**
1628 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1629 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1630 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1631 */
1632 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1633
1634 /**
1635 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1636 */
1637 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1638
1639 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1640
1641 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1642
1643 /************************************************************************//**
1644 * @name Email settings
1645 * @{
1646 */
1647
1648 /**
1649 * Site admin email address.
1650 *
1651 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1652 */
1653 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1654
1655 /**
1656 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1657 *
1658 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1659 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1660 *
1661 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1662 */
1663 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1664
1665 /**
1666 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1667 *
1668 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1669 */
1670 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1674 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1675 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1681 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1682 */
1683 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1684
1685 /**
1686 * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
1687 * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
1688 * to from emails originating from Special:Email.
1689 *
1690 * @since 1.34
1691 * @deprecated 1.34
1692 */
1693 $wgEnableSpecialMute = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1697 *
1698 * @since 1.30
1699 */
1700 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1701
1702 /**
1703 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1704 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1705 *
1706 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1707 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1708 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1709 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1710 */
1711 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1715 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1716 */
1717 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1721 */
1722 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1726 */
1727 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1731 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1732 */
1733 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1734
1735 /**
1736 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1737 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1738 */
1739 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1740
1741 /**
1742 * SMTP Mode.
1743 *
1744 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1745 * Default to false or fill an array :
1746 *
1747 * @code
1748 * $wgSMTP = [
1749 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1750 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1751 * 'port' => '25',
1752 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1753 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1754 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1755 * ];
1756 * @endcode
1757 */
1758 $wgSMTP = false;
1759
1760 /**
1761 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1762 */
1763 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1764
1765 /**
1766 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1767 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1768 */
1769 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1770
1771 /**
1772 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1773 *
1774 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1775 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1776 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1777 *
1778 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1779 *
1780 * @var bool
1781 */
1782 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1783
1784 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1785 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1786 # enable or disable at their discretion
1787 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1788 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1789
1790 /**
1791 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1792 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1793 * spam relay.
1794 */
1795 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1799 */
1800 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1804 * user talk page.
1805 *
1806 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1807 * preference set to true.
1808 */
1809 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1813 *
1814 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1815 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1816 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1817 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1818 *
1819 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1820 *
1821 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1822 *
1823 * @var bool
1824 */
1825 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1829 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1830 *
1831 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1832 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1833 *
1834 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1835 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1836 *
1837 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1838 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1839 */
1840 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1844 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1845 *
1846 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1847 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1848 */
1849 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1850
1851 /**
1852 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1853 * match the limit on your mail server.
1854 */
1855 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1859 */
1860 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1861
1862 /**
1863 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1864 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1865 */
1866 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1867
1868 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1869
1870 /************************************************************************//**
1871 * @name Database settings
1872 * @{
1873 */
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Database host name or IP address
1877 */
1878 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1879
1880 /**
1881 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1882 */
1883 $wgDBport = 5432;
1884
1885 /**
1886 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1887 */
1888 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Database username
1892 */
1893 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1894
1895 /**
1896 * Database user's password
1897 */
1898 $wgDBpassword = '';
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Database type
1902 */
1903 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1904
1905 /**
1906 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1907 *
1908 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1909 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1910 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1911 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1912 */
1913 $wgDBssl = false;
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1917 *
1918 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1919 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1920 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1921 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1922 */
1923 $wgDBcompress = false;
1924
1925 /**
1926 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1927 */
1928 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1929
1930 /**
1931 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1932 */
1933 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1934
1935 /**
1936 * Search type.
1937 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1938 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1939 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1940 */
1941 $wgSearchType = null;
1942
1943 /**
1944 * Alternative search types
1945 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1946 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1947 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1948 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1949 */
1950 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1951
1952 /**
1953 * Table name prefix.
1954 * This should be alphanumeric, contain neither spaces nor hyphens, and end in "_"
1955 */
1956 $wgDBprefix = '';
1957
1958 /**
1959 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1960 */
1961 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1962
1963 /**
1964 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1965 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1966 * DBA has done his best job.
1967 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1968 */
1969 $wgSQLMode = '';
1970
1971 /**
1972 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1973 */
1974 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1975
1976 /**
1977 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1978 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1979 * @since 1.32
1980 */
1981 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1982
1983 /**
1984 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1985 */
1986 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1987
1988 /**
1989 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1990 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1991 * main database.
1992 *
1993 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1994 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1995 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1996 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1997 *
1998 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1999 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
2000 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
2001 *
2002 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
2003 * $wgDBprefix.
2004 *
2005 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
2006 * $wgDBmwschema.
2007 *
2008 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
2009 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
2010 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
2011 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
2012 */
2013 $wgSharedDB = null;
2014
2015 /**
2016 * @see $wgSharedDB
2017 */
2018 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2019
2020 /**
2021 * @see $wgSharedDB
2022 */
2023 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2024
2025 /**
2026 * @see $wgSharedDB
2027 * @since 1.23
2028 */
2029 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2030
2031 /**
2032 * Database load balancer
2033 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2034 * Fields are:
2035 * - host: Host name
2036 * - dbname: Default database name
2037 * - user: DB user
2038 * - password: DB password
2039 * - type: DB type
2040 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2041 *
2042 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2043 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2044 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2045 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2046 *
2047 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2048 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2049 *
2050 * - flags: bit field
2051 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2052 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2053 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2054 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2055 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2056 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2057 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2058 * if available
2059 *
2060 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2061 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2062 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2063 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2064 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2065 *
2066 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2067 * variable of the Database object.
2068 *
2069 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2070 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2071 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2072 *
2073 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2074 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2075 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2076 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2077 *
2078 * @code
2079 * SET @@read_only=1;
2080 * @endcode
2081 *
2082 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2083 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2084 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2085 */
2086 $wgDBservers = false;
2087
2088 /**
2089 * Load balancer factory configuration
2090 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2091 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2092 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2093 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2094 *
2095 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2096 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2097 */
2098 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2099
2100 /**
2101 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2102 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2103 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2104 * @since 1.27
2105 */
2106 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2107
2108 /**
2109 * File to log database errors to
2110 */
2111 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2112
2113 /**
2114 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2115 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2116 *
2117 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2118 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2119 *
2120 * @par Examples:
2121 * @code
2122 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2123 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2124 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2125 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2126 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2127 * @endcode
2128 *
2129 * @since 1.20
2130 */
2131 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2132
2133 /**
2134 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2135 *
2136 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2137 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2138 * block).
2139 *
2140 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2141 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2142 * connections.
2143 *
2144 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2145 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2146 * pooled.
2147 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2148 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2149 *
2150 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2151 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2152 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2153 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2154 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2155 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2156 *
2157 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2158 */
2159 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2163 *
2164 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2165 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2166 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2167 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2168 * - "<DB NAME>"
2169 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2170 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2171 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2172 * from these IDs.
2173 */
2174 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2175
2176 /**
2177 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2178 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2179 * show a more obvious warning.
2180 */
2181 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2182
2183 /**
2184 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2185 */
2186 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2187
2188 /**
2189 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2190 */
2191 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2192
2193 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2194
2195 /************************************************************************//**
2196 * @name Text storage
2197 * @{
2198 */
2199
2200 /**
2201 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2202 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2203 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2204 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2205 */
2206 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2207
2208 /**
2209 * External stores allow including content
2210 * from non database sources following URL links.
2211 *
2212 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2213 * @code
2214 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2215 * @endcode
2216 *
2217 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2218 */
2219 $wgExternalStores = [];
2220
2221 /**
2222 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2223 *
2224 * @par Example:
2225 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2226 * @code
2227 * $wgExternalServers = [
2228 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2229 * ];
2230 * @endcode
2231 *
2232 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2233 * another class.
2234 */
2235 $wgExternalServers = [];
2236
2237 /**
2238 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2239 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2240 *
2241 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2242 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2243 *
2244 * @par Example:
2245 * @code
2246 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2247 * @endcode
2248 *
2249 * @var array
2250 */
2251 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2252
2253 /**
2254 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2255 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2256 *
2257 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2258 */
2259 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2260
2261 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2262
2263 /************************************************************************//**
2264 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2265 * @{
2266 */
2267
2268 /**
2269 * Disable database-intensive features
2270 */
2271 $wgMiserMode = false;
2272
2273 /**
2274 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2275 */
2276 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2277
2278 /**
2279 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2280 */
2281 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2282
2283 /**
2284 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2285 */
2286 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2287
2288 /**
2289 * Enable slow parser functions
2290 */
2291 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2292
2293 /**
2294 * Allow schema updates
2295 */
2296 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2297
2298 /**
2299 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2300 */
2301 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2302
2303 /**
2304 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2305 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2306 */
2307 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2308
2309 /**
2310 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2311 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2312 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2313 * @since 1.26
2314 */
2315 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2316
2317 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2318
2319 /************************************************************************//**
2320 * @name Cache settings
2321 * @{
2322 */
2323
2324 /**
2325 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2326 * from the web.
2327 *
2328 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2329 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2330 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2331 */
2332 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2333
2334 /**
2335 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2336 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2337 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2338 *
2339 * The options are:
2340 *
2341 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2342 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2343 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2344 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2345 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2346 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2347 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2348 *
2349 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2350 */
2351 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2352
2353 /**
2354 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2355 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2356 *
2357 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2358 */
2359 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2363 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2364 *
2365 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2366 */
2367 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2368
2369 /**
2370 * The cache type for storing session data.
2371 *
2372 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2373 */
2374 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2375
2376 /**
2377 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2378 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2379 *
2380 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2381 *
2382 * @since 1.20
2383 */
2384 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2385
2386 /**
2387 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2388 *
2389 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2390 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2391 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2392 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2393 *
2394 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2395 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2396 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2397 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2398 */
2399 $wgObjectCaches = [
2400 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2401 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2402
2403 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2404 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2405 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2406
2407 'db-replicated' => [
2408 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2409 'readFactory' => [
2410 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2411 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2412 ],
2413 'writeFactory' => [
2414 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2415 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2416 ],
2417 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2418 'reportDupes' => false
2419 ],
2420
2421 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2422 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2423 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2424 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2425 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2426 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2427 ];
2428
2429 /**
2430 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2431 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2432 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2433 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2434 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2435 *
2436 * The options are:
2437 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2438 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2439 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2440 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2441 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2442 * @since 1.26
2443 */
2444 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2445
2446 /**
2447 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2448 *
2449 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2450 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2451 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2452 *
2453 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2454 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2455 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2456 * where log events are sent.
2457 *
2458 * @since 1.26
2459 */
2460 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2461 CACHE_NONE => [
2462 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2463 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2464 ]
2465 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2466 'memcached-php' => [
2467 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2468 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2469 ]
2470 */
2471 ];
2472
2473 /**
2474 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2475 *
2476 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2477 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2478 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2479 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2480 *
2481 * @var bool
2482 * @since 1.29
2483 */
2484 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2485
2486 /**
2487 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2488 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2489 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2490 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2491 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2492 *
2493 * The options are:
2494 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2495 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2496 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2497 *
2498 * @since 1.26
2499 */
2500 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2501
2502 /**
2503 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2504 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2505 */
2506 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2507
2508 /**
2509 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2510 */
2511 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2512
2513 /**
2514 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2515 *
2516 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2517 *
2518 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2519 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2520 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2521 * others' cookies.
2522 *
2523 * @since 1.27
2524 * @var string
2525 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2526 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2527 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2528 */
2529 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2530
2531 /**
2532 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2533 *
2534 * @since 1.28
2535 */
2536 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2537
2538 /**
2539 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2540 */
2541 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2542
2543 /**
2544 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2545 */
2546 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2550 * requests.
2551 */
2552 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2556 */
2557 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2558
2559 /**
2560 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2561 *
2562 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2563 *
2564 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2565 *
2566 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2567 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2568 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2569 */
2570 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2571
2572 /**
2573 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2574 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2575 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2576 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2577 */
2578 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2579
2580 /**
2581 * Localisation cache configuration.
2582 *
2583 * Used by Language::getLocalisationCache() to decide how to construct the
2584 * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
2585 *
2586 * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
2587 * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
2588 * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
2589 * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
2590 *
2591 * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
2592 * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
2593 * as abstraction for this.
2594 *
2595 * store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
2596 * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
2597 * Must be one of:
2598 * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
2599 * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
2600 * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
2601 * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
2602 * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
2603 *
2604 * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
2605 * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
2606 * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
2607 *
2608 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2609 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2610 */
2611 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2612 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2613 'store' => 'detect',
2614 'storeClass' => false,
2615 'storeDirectory' => false,
2616 'manualRecache' => false,
2617 ];
2618
2619 /**
2620 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2621 */
2622 $wgCachePages = true;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2626 * client-side and server-side caching.
2627 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2628 * @verbatim
2629 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2630 * @endverbatim
2631 */
2632 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2633
2634 /**
2635 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2636 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2637 */
2638 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2639
2640 /**
2641 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2642 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2643 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2644 */
2645 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2649 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2650 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2651 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2652 */
2653 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2654
2655 /**
2656 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2657 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2658 */
2659 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2660
2661 /**
2662 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2663 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2664 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2665 *
2666 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2667 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2668 * don't update as expected.
2669 */
2670 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2674 */
2675 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2676
2677 /**
2678 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2679 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2680 *
2681 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2682 */
2683 $wgUseGzip = false;
2684
2685 /**
2686 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2687 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2688 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2689 *
2690 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2691 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2692 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2693 */
2694 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2695
2696 /**
2697 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2698 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2699 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2700 *
2701 * @par Example:
2702 * @code
2703 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2704 * @endcode
2705 *
2706 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2707 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2708 *
2709 * @var int|bool
2710 */
2711 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2712
2713 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2714
2715 /************************************************************************//**
2716 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2717 *
2718 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2719 * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
2720 * historical reasons.
2721 *
2722 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2723 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2724 * more details.
2725 *
2726 * @{
2727 */
2728
2729 /**
2730 * Enable/disable CDN.
2731 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2732 *
2733 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
2734 */
2735 $wgUseCdn = false;
2736
2737 /**
2738 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2739 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2740 */
2741 $wgUseESI = false;
2742
2743 /**
2744 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2745 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2746 * @since 1.27
2747 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2748 */
2749 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2750
2751 /**
2752 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2753 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2754 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2755 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2756 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2757 * HTTP redirects.
2758 */
2759 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2760
2761 /**
2762 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2763 *
2764 * @par Example:
2765 * @code
2766 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2767 * @endcode
2768 */
2769 $wgInternalServer = false;
2770
2771 /**
2772 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2773 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2774 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2775 *
2776 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2777 *
2778 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
2779 */
2780 $wgCdnMaxAge = 18000;
2781
2782 /**
2783 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2784 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2785 *
2786 * @since 1.27
2787 */
2788 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2789
2790 /**
2791 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2792 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2793 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2794 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2795 *
2796 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2797 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2798 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2799 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2800 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2801 *
2802 * @since 1.27
2803 */
2804 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2805
2806 /**
2807 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2808 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2809 * @since 1.27
2810 */
2811 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2812
2813 /**
2814 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2815 *
2816 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2817 */
2818 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2819
2820 /**
2821 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2822 *
2823 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2824 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2825 *
2826 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2827 *
2828 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
2829 */
2830 $wgCdnServers = [];
2831
2832 /**
2833 * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
2834 * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
2835 * addresses and CIDR blocks.
2836 *
2837 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2838 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
2839 */
2840 $wgCdnServersNoPurge = [];
2841
2842 /**
2843 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2844 * configured in $wgCdnServers. Set this to false to support a CDN
2845 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2846 *
2847 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2848 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2849 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2850 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2851 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2852 *
2853 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2854 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2855 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2856 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2857 * reverse).
2858 *
2859 * @since 1.21
2860 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2861 */
2862 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2863
2864 /**
2865 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2866 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2867 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2868 *
2869 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2870 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2871 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2872 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2873 *
2874 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2875 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2876 * @code
2877 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2878 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2879 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2880 * 'port' => 4827,
2881 * ],
2882 * '' => [
2883 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2884 * 'port' => 4827,
2885 * ],
2886 * ];
2887 * @endcode
2888 *
2889 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2890 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2891 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2892 *
2893 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2894 * @code
2895 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2896 * '' => [
2897 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2898 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2899 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2900 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2901 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2902 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2903 * ],
2904 * ];
2905 * @endcode
2906 *
2907 * @since 1.22
2908 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2909 */
2910 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2911
2912 /**
2913 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2914 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2915 */
2916 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2917
2918 /**
2919 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2920 */
2921 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2922
2923 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2924
2925 /************************************************************************//**
2926 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2927 * @{
2928 */
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2932 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2933 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2934 *
2935 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2936 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2937 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2938 *
2939 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2940 * change it in their preferences.
2941 *
2942 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2943 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2944 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2945 */
2946 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2950 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2951 */
2952 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2953
2954 /**
2955 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2956 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2957 *
2958 * @par Example:
2959 * @code
2960 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2961 * @endcode
2962 */
2963 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2964
2965 /**
2966 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2967 */
2968 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2969
2970 /**
2971 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2972 */
2973 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2974
2975 /**
2976 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2977 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2978 * Notes:
2979 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2980 * map.
2981 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2982 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2983 * this array.
2984 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2985 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2986 * the prefix in this array.
2987 */
2988 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2989
2990 /**
2991 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2992 */
2993 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2994
2995 /**
2996 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2997 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2998 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2999 *
3000 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3001 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3002 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3003 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3004 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3005 *
3006 * @since 1.29
3007 */
3008 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3009 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3010 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3011 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3012
3013 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3014 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3015 ];
3016
3017 /**
3018 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3019 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3020 *
3021 * @deprecated since 1.29
3022 */
3023 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3024
3025 /**
3026 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3027 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3028 * set to "ar".
3029 *
3030 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3031 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3032 *
3033 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3034 */
3035 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3039 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3040 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3041 * support these characters.
3042 *
3043 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3044 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3045 *
3046 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3047 */
3048 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3052 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3053 * impact.
3054 *
3055 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3056 * details.
3057 *
3058 * @since 1.17
3059 */
3060 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3064 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3065 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3066 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3067 *
3068 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3069 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3070 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3071 */
3072 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3076 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3077 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3078 *
3079 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3080 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3081 * to remain viewable.
3082 *
3083 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3084 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3085 */
3086 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3087
3088 /**
3089 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3090 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3091 */
3092 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3093
3094 /**
3095 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3096 * numerals in interface.
3097 */
3098 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3099
3100 /**
3101 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3102 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3103 */
3104 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3108 */
3109 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3110
3111 /**
3112 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3113 */
3114 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3115
3116 /**
3117 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3118 */
3119 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3120
3121 /**
3122 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3123 */
3124 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3125
3126 /**
3127 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3128 */
3129 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3130
3131 /**
3132 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3133 * used to ease variant development work.
3134 */
3135 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3136
3137 /**
3138 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3139 *
3140 * @par Example:
3141 * @code
3142 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3143 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3144 * @endcode
3145 */
3146 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3147
3148 /**
3149 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3150 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3151 * language variant.
3152 *
3153 * @par Example:
3154 * @code
3155 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3156 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3157 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3158 * @endcode
3159 *
3160 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3161 *
3162 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3163 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3164 */
3165 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3169 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3170 * customise these.
3171 */
3172 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3173
3174 /**
3175 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3176 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3177 *
3178 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3179 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3180 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3181 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3182 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3183 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3184 * the default behavior.
3185 *
3186 * @par Example:
3187 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3188 * portal:
3189 * @code
3190 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3191 * @endcode
3192 */
3193 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3194
3195 /**
3196 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3197 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3198 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3199 *
3200 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3201 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3202 *
3203 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3204 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3205 *
3206 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3207 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3208 *
3209 * @par Examples:
3210 * @code
3211 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3212 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3213 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3214 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3215 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3216 * @endcode
3217 */
3218 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3219
3220 /**
3221 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3222 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3223 *
3224 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3225 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3226 *
3227 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3228 */
3229 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3230
3231 /**
3232 * List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
3233 * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
3234 * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
3235 * on why this is useful during php version transitions.
3236 *
3237 * @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
3238 *
3239 * @since 1.34
3240 * @var array
3241 */
3242 $wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
3243
3244 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3245
3246 /*************************************************************************//**
3247 * @name Output format and skin settings
3248 * @{
3249 */
3250
3251 /**
3252 * The default Content-Type header.
3253 */
3254 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3255
3256 /**
3257 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3258 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3259 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3260 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3261 * @deprecated since 1.22
3262 */
3263 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3264
3265 /**
3266 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3267 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3268 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3269 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3270 * @deprecated since 1.22
3271 */
3272 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3276 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3277 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3278 * to true by Setup.php.
3279 * @deprecated since 1.22
3280 */
3281 $wgHtml5 = true;
3282
3283 /**
3284 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3285 *
3286 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3287 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3288 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3289 * @since 1.16
3290 */
3291 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3292
3293 /**
3294 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3295 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3296 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3297 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3298 * @since 1.24
3299 */
3300 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3301
3302 /**
3303 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3304 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3305 * stable and change has been communicated.
3306 * @since 1.24
3307 */
3308 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3309
3310 /**
3311 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3312 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3313 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3314 *
3315 * @since 1.28
3316 */
3317 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3318
3319 /**
3320 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3321 *
3322 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3323 *
3324 * @par Example:
3325 * @code
3326 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3327 * @endcode
3328 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3329 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3330 *
3331 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3332 */
3333 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3337 *
3338 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3339 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3340 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3341 */
3342 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3343
3344 /**
3345 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3346 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3347 */
3348 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3349
3350 /**
3351 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3352 *
3353 * @since 1.24
3354 */
3355 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3359 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3360 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3361 */
3362 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3363
3364 /**
3365 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3366 */
3367 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Allow user Javascript page?
3371 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3372 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3373 */
3374 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3375
3376 /**
3377 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3378 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3379 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3380 */
3381 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3382
3383 /**
3384 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3385 *
3386 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3387 * are available to users.
3388 */
3389 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3393 */
3394 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3395
3396 /**
3397 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3398 */
3399 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3400
3401 /**
3402 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3403 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3404 */
3405 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3406
3407 /**
3408 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3409 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3410 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3411 *
3412 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3413 *
3414 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3415 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3416 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3417 *
3418 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3419 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3420 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3421 * recommended.
3422 *
3423 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3424 * not just edit pages.
3425 */
3426 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3427
3428 /**
3429 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3430 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3431 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3432 * Options are:
3433 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3434 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3435 * - false: Allow all framing.
3436 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3437 */
3438 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3439
3440 /**
3441 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3442 */
3443 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3444
3445 /**
3446 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3447 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3448 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3449 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3450 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3451 *
3452 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3453 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3454 * a page.
3455 *
3456 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3457 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3458 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3459 * would still work.
3460 *
3461 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3462 *
3463 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3464 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3465 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3466 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3467 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3468 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3469 * fragment mode is used.
3470 *
3471 * @since 1.30
3472 */
3473 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3474
3475 /**
3476 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3477 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3478 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3479 * to 'html5'.
3480 *
3481 * @since 1.30
3482 */
3483 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3484
3485 /**
3486 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3487 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3488 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3489 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3490 *
3491 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3492 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3493 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3494 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3495 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3496 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3497 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3498 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3499 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3500 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3501 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3502 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3503 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3504 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3505 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3506 * not be outputted
3507 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3508 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3509 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3510 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3511 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3512 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3513 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3514 */
3515 $wgFooterIcons = [
3516 "copyright" => [
3517 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3518 ],
3519 "poweredby" => [
3520 "mediawiki" => [
3521 // Defaults to point at
3522 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3523 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3524 "src" => null,
3525 "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
3526 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3527 ]
3528 ],
3529 ];
3530
3531 /**
3532 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3533 * to create an account.
3534 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3535 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3536 */
3537 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3538
3539 /**
3540 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3541 */
3542 $wgEdititis = false;
3543
3544 /**
3545 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3546 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3547 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3548 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3549 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3550 *
3551 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3552 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3553 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3554 */
3555 $wgSend404Code = true;
3556
3557 /**
3558 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3559 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3560 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3561 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3562 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3563 *
3564 * @since 1.20
3565 */
3566 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3567
3568 /**
3569 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3570 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3571 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3572 * unconditionally.
3573 */
3574 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3575
3576 /**
3577 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3578 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3579 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3580 * the domain root.
3581 *
3582 * @since 1.25
3583 */
3584 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3585
3586 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3587
3588 /*************************************************************************//**
3589 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3590 * @{
3591 */
3592
3593 /**
3594 * Client-side resource modules.
3595 *
3596 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3597 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3598 *
3599 * @par Example:
3600 * @code
3601 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3602 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3603 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3604 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3605 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3606 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3607 * ];
3608 * @endcode
3609 */
3610 $wgResourceModules = [];
3611
3612 /**
3613 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3614 *
3615 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3616 * not be modified or disabled.
3617 *
3618 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3619 *
3620 * @par Example:
3621 * @code
3622 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3623 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3624 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3625 * ];
3626 *
3627 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3628 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3629 * ];
3630 * @endcode
3631 *
3632 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3633 *
3634 * @par Equivalent:
3635 * @code
3636 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3637 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3638 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3639 * 'skinStyles' => [
3640 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3641 * ],
3642 * ];
3643 * @endcode
3644 *
3645 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3646 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3647 *
3648 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3649 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3650 *
3651 * @par Example:
3652 * @code
3653 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3654 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3655 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3656 * 'skinStyles' => [
3657 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3658 * ],
3659 * ];
3660 * // Note the '+' character:
3661 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3662 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3663 * ];
3664 * @endcode
3665 *
3666 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3667 *
3668 * @par Equivalent:
3669 * @code
3670 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3671 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3672 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3673 * 'skinStyles' => [
3674 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3675 * 'foo' => [
3676 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3677 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3678 * ],
3679 * ],
3680 * ];
3681 * @endcode
3682 *
3683 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3684 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3685 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3686 *
3687 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3688 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3689 *
3690 * @par Example:
3691 * @code
3692 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3693 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3694 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3695 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3696 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3697 * ];
3698 * @endcode
3699 */
3700 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3701
3702 /**
3703 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3704 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3705 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3706 *
3707 * @par Example:
3708 * @code
3709 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3710 * @endcode
3711 */
3712 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3713
3714 /**
3715 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3716 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3717 */
3718 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3719
3720 /**
3721 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3722 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3723 *
3724 * Following options to distinguish:
3725 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3726 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3727 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3728 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3729 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3730 *
3731 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3732 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3733 * client and MediaWiki.
3734 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3735 */
3736 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3737 'versioned' => [
3738 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3739 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3740 ],
3741 'unversioned' => [
3742 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3743 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3744 ],
3745 ];
3746
3747 /**
3748 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3749 *
3750 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3751 */
3752 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3753
3754 /**
3755 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3756 *
3757 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3758 */
3759 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3760
3761 /**
3762 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3763 *
3764 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3765 * work.
3766 *
3767 * @par Example of legacy code:
3768 * @code{,js}
3769 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3770 * @endcode
3771 * or:
3772 * @code{,js}
3773 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3774 * @endcode
3775 *
3776 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3777 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3778 * @code{,js}
3779 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3780 * @endcode
3781 * or:
3782 * @code{,js}
3783 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3784 * @endcode
3785 */
3786 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3787
3788 /**
3789 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3790 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3791 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3792 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3793 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3794 * that you can't increase.
3795 *
3796 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3797 * string length limit.
3798 *
3799 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3800 */
3801 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3805 * prior to minification to validate it.
3806 *
3807 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3808 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3809 */
3810 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3811
3812 /**
3813 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3814 *
3815 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3816 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3817 *
3818 * @since 1.32
3819 */
3820 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3821
3822 /**
3823 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3824 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3825 */
3826 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3827
3828 /**
3829 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3830 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3831 *
3832 * @since 1.23
3833 */
3834 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3835
3836 /**
3837 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3838 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3839 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3840 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3841 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3842 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3843 * from the rest of the site.
3844 *
3845 * @since 1.25
3846 */
3847 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3848
3849 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3850
3851 /*************************************************************************//**
3852 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3853 * @{
3854 */
3855
3856 /**
3857 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3858 * used instead.
3859 */
3860 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3861
3862 /**
3863 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3864 *
3865 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3866 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3867 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3868 */
3869 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3870
3871 /**
3872 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3873 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3874 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3875 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3876 * hook or extension.json.
3877 *
3878 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3879 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3880 * the new namespace name.
3881 *
3882 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3883 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3884 *
3885 * @par Example:
3886 * @code
3887 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3888 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3889 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3890 * 102 => "Aide",
3891 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3892 * ];
3893 * @endcode
3894 *
3895 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3896 */
3897 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3898
3899 /**
3900 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3901 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3902 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3903 * @since 1.18
3904 */
3905 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3906
3907 /**
3908 * Namespace aliases.
3909 *
3910 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3911 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3912 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3913 * name.
3914 *
3915 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3916 *
3917 * @par Example:
3918 * @code
3919 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3920 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3921 * 'Help' => 100,
3922 * ];
3923 * @endcode
3924 */
3925 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3926
3927 /**
3928 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3929 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3930 *
3931 * Problematic punctuation:
3932 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3933 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3934 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3935 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3936 * corrupted by apache
3937 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3938 *
3939 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3940 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3941 *
3942 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3943 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3944 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3945 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3946 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3947 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3948 *
3949 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3950 */
3951 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3952
3953 /**
3954 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3955 *
3956 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3957 */
3958 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3962 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3963 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3964 *
3965 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3966 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3967 */
3968 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3969
3970 /**
3971 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3972 */
3973 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3974
3975 /**
3976 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3977 * @{
3978 */
3979
3980 /**
3981 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3982 * database (.cdb) file.
3983 *
3984 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3985 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3986 * formats such as the following:
3987 *
3988 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3989 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3990 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3991 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3992 *
3993 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3994 * data layout.
3995 *
3996 * @var bool|array|string
3997 */
3998 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3999
4000 /**
4001 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4002 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4003 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4004 * - 3: site levels
4005 */
4006 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4007
4008 /**
4009 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4010 */
4011 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4012
4013 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4014
4015 /**
4016 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4017 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4018 * as 'redirected from' links.
4019 *
4020 * @par Example:
4021 * It might look something like this:
4022 * @code
4023 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4024 * @endcode
4025 *
4026 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4027 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4028 * the URL.
4029 */
4030 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4031
4032 /**
4033 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4034 *
4035 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4036 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4037 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4038 */
4039 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4040
4041 /**
4042 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
4043 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
4044 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
4045 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
4046 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4047 * from NS_FILE.
4048 *
4049 * @par Example:
4050 * @code
4051 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4052 * @endcode
4053 */
4054 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4055
4056 /**
4057 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4058 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4059 */
4060 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4061 NS_TALK => true,
4062 NS_USER => true,
4063 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4064 NS_PROJECT => true,
4065 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4066 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4067 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4068 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4069 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4070 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4071 NS_HELP => true,
4072 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4073 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4074 ];
4075
4076 /**
4077 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4078 *
4079 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4080 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4081 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4082 *
4083 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4084 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4085 *
4086 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4087 * the new extension registration system.
4088 *
4089 * @since 1.23
4090 */
4091 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4092
4093 /**
4094 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4095 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4096 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4097 * number of articles in the wiki.
4098 */
4099 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4100
4101 /**
4102 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4103 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4104 * be shown on that page.
4105 * @since 1.30
4106 */
4107 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4108
4109 /**
4110 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4111 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4112 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4113 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4114 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4115 */
4116 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4117
4118 /**
4119 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4120 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4121 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4122 */
4123 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4124
4125 /**
4126 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4127 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4128 * will make the redirect fail.
4129 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4130 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4131 *
4132 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4133 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4134 */
4135 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4136
4137 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4138
4139 /************************************************************************//**
4140 * @name Parser settings
4141 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4142 * @{
4143 */
4144
4145 /**
4146 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4147 *
4148 * class The class name
4149 *
4150 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4151 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4152 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4153 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4154 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4155 *
4156 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4157 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4158 *
4159 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4160 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4161 * the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
4162 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4163 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4164 * an extension setup function.
4165 */
4166 $wgParserConf = [
4167 'class' => Parser::class,
4168 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4169 ];
4170
4171 /**
4172 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4173 */
4174 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4175
4176 /**
4177 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4178 * by PPFrame::expand()
4179 */
4180 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4181
4182 /**
4183 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4184 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4185 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4186 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4187 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4188 *
4189 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4190 */
4191 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4192
4193 /**
4194 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4195 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4196 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4197 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4198 */
4199 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4200
4201 /**
4202 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4203 */
4204 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4205
4206 /**
4207 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4208 *
4209 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4210 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4211 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4212 * more information.
4213 *
4214 * @see wfParseUrl
4215 */
4216 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4217 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4218 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4219 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4220 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4221 ];
4222
4223 /**
4224 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4225 */
4226 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4227
4228 /**
4229 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4230 */
4231 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4232
4233 /**
4234 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4235 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4236 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4237 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4238 *
4239 * @par Examples:
4240 * @code
4241 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4242 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4243 * @endcode
4244 */
4245 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4246
4247 /**
4248 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4249 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4250 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4251 * The image will be displayed.
4252 *
4253 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4254 * Or false to disable it
4255 *
4256 * @since 1.14
4257 */
4258 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4259
4260 /**
4261 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4262 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4263 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4264 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4265 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4266 * sites they control.
4267 */
4268 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4269
4270 /**
4271 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4272 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4273 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4274 *
4275 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4276 *
4277 * Keys include:
4278 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4279 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4280 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4281 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4282 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4283 *
4284 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4285 *
4286 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4287 * production.
4288 */
4289 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4290
4291 /**
4292 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4293 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4294 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4295 */
4296 $wgRawHtml = false;
4297
4298 /**
4299 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4300 *
4301 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4302 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4303 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4304 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4305 * to some of your users.
4306 */
4307 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4308
4309 /**
4310 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4311 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4312 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4313 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4314 */
4315 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4316
4317 /**
4318 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4319 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4320 */
4321 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4322
4323 /**
4324 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4325 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4326 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4327 *
4328 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4329 *
4330 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4331 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4332 * etc.
4333 *
4334 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4335 */
4336 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4337
4338 /**
4339 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4340 */
4341 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4342
4343 /**
4344 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4345 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4346 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4347 */
4348 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4352 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4353 */
4354 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4355
4356 /**
4357 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4358 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4359 */
4360 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4361
4362 /**
4363 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4364 */
4365 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4366
4367 /**
4368 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4369 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4370 */
4371 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4372
4373 /**
4374 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4375 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4376 *
4377 * @since 1.28
4378 */
4379 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4380 'ISBN' => false,
4381 'PMID' => false,
4382 'RFC' => false
4383 ];
4384
4385 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4386
4387 /************************************************************************//**
4388 * @name Statistics
4389 * @{
4390 */
4391
4392 /**
4393 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4394 * as a valid article.
4395 *
4396 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4397 *
4398 * This variable can have the following values:
4399 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4400 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4401 *
4402 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4403 *
4404 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4405 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4406 * script.
4407 */
4408 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4409
4410 /**
4411 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4412 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4413 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4414 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4415 * numbers between different wikis.
4416 */
4417 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4418
4419 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4420
4421 /************************************************************************//**
4422 * @name User accounts, authentication
4423 * @{
4424 */
4425
4426 /**
4427 * Central ID lookup providers
4428 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4429 * @since 1.27
4430 */
4431 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4432 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4433 ];
4434
4435 /**
4436 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4437 * @var string
4438 */
4439 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4440
4441 /**
4442 * Password policy for the wiki.
4443 * Structured as
4444 * [
4445 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4446 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4447 * ]
4448 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4449 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4450 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4451 * of options with the following keys:
4452 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4453 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4454 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4455 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4456 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4457 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4458 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4459 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4460 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4461 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4462 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4463 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4464 *
4465 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4466 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4467 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4468 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4469 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4470 *
4471 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4472 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4473 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4474 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4475 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4476 *
4477 * The checks supported by core are:
4478 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4479 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4480 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4481 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4482 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4483 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4484 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4485 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4486 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4487 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4488 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4489 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4490 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4491 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4492 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4493 * is a probabilistic test.
4494 *
4495 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4496 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4497 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4498 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4499 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4500 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4501 *
4502 * @since 1.26
4503 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4504 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4505 */
4506 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4507 'policies' => [
4508 'bureaucrat' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4510 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4511 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4512 ],
4513 'sysop' => [
4514 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4515 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4516 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4517 ],
4518 'interface-admin' => [
4519 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4520 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4521 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4522 ],
4523 'bot' => [
4524 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4525 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4526 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4527 ],
4528 'default' => [
4529 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4530 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4531 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4532 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4533 ],
4534 ],
4535 'checks' => [
4536 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4537 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4538 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4539 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4540 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4541 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4542 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4543 ],
4544 ];
4545
4546 /**
4547 * Configure AuthManager
4548 *
4549 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4550 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4551 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4552 * (default is 0).
4553 *
4554 * Elements are:
4555 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4556 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4557 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4558 *
4559 * @since 1.27
4560 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4561 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4562 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4563 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4564 */
4565 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4566
4567 /**
4568 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4569 * @since 1.27
4570 */
4571 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4572 'preauth' => [
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 ],
4578 'primaryauth' => [
4579 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4580 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4581 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4582 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4583 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4584 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4585 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'args' => [ [
4589 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4590 'authoritative' => false,
4591 ] ],
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'args' => [ [
4597 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4598 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4599 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4600 // password") if it too fails.
4601 'authoritative' => true,
4602 ] ],
4603 'sort' => 100,
4604 ],
4605 ],
4606 'secondaryauth' => [
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'sort' => 0,
4610 ],
4611 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4612 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4613 'sort' => 100,
4614 ],
4615 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4616 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4617 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4618 // 'sort' => 100,
4619 // ],
4620 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4621 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4622 'sort' => 200,
4623 ],
4624 ],
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4629 *
4630 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4631 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4632 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4633 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4634 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4635 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4636 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4637 * that needs to do this.
4638 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4639 * the last X seconds.
4640 * - Come up with a third option.
4641 *
4642 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4643 * "X seconds".
4644 *
4645 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4646 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4647 * - LinkAccounts
4648 * - UnlinkAccount
4649 * - ChangeCredentials
4650 * - RemoveCredentials
4651 * - ChangeEmail
4652 *
4653 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4654 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4655 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4656 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4657 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4658 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4659 *
4660 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4661 *
4662 * @since 1.27
4663 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4664 */
4665 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4666 'default' => 300,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4671 *
4672 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4673 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4674 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4675 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4676 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4677 *
4678 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4679 *
4680 * @since 1.27
4681 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4682 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4683 */
4684 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4685 'default' => true,
4686 ];
4687
4688 /**
4689 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4690 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4691 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4692 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4693 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4694 * @since 1.27
4695 * @var string[]
4696 */
4697 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4698 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4699 ];
4700
4701 /**
4702 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4703 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4704 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4705 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4706 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4707 * @since 1.27
4708 * @var string[]
4709 */
4710 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4711 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4712 ];
4713
4714 /**
4715 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4716 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4717 */
4718 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4719
4720 /**
4721 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4722 * words are allowed.
4723 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4724 */
4725 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4726
4727 /**
4728 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4729 *
4730 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4731 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4732 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4733 *
4734 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4735 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4736 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4737 */
4738 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4739
4740 /**
4741 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4742 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4743 * @since 1.23
4744 */
4745 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4746
4747 /**
4748 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4749 *
4750 * @since 1.24
4751 */
4752 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4753
4754 /**
4755 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4756 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4757 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4758 *
4759 * An advanced example:
4760 * @code
4761 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4762 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4763 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4764 * 'secrets' => [
4765 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4766 * ],
4767 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4768 * ];
4769 * @endcode
4770 *
4771 * @since 1.24
4772 */
4773 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4774 'A' => [
4775 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4776 ],
4777 'B' => [
4778 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4779 ],
4780 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4781 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4782 'types' => [
4783 'A',
4784 'pbkdf2',
4785 ],
4786 ],
4787 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4788 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4789 'types' => [
4790 'B',
4791 'pbkdf2',
4792 ],
4793 ],
4794 'bcrypt' => [
4795 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4796 'cost' => 9,
4797 ],
4798 'pbkdf2' => [
4799 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4800 'algo' => 'sha512',
4801 'cost' => '30000',
4802 'length' => '64',
4803 ],
4804 'argon2' => [
4805 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4806
4807 // Algorithm used:
4808 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4809 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4810 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4811 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4812 // older versions might would not understand.
4813 'algo' => 'auto',
4814
4815 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4816 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4817 //
4818 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4819 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4820 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4821 ],
4822 ];
4823
4824 /**
4825 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4826 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4827 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4828 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4829 */
4830 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4831 'username' => true,
4832 'email' => true,
4833 ];
4834
4835 /**
4836 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4837 */
4838 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4839
4840 /**
4841 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4842 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4843 */
4844 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4845
4846 /**
4847 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4848 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4849 */
4850 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4851 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4852 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4853 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4854 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4855 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4856 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4857 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4858 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4859 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4860 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4861 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4862 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4863 ];
4864
4865 /**
4866 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4867 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4868 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4869 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4870 */
4871 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4872 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4873 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4874 'date' => 'default',
4875 'diffonly' => 0,
4876 'disablemail' => 0,
4877 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4878 'editondblclick' => 0,
4879 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4880 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4881 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4882 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4883 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4884 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4885 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4886 'fancysig' => 0,
4887 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4888 'gender' => 'unknown',
4889 'hideminor' => 0,
4890 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4891 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4892 'imagesize' => 2,
4893 'minordefault' => 0,
4894 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4895 'nickname' => '',
4896 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4897 'numberheadings' => 0,
4898 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4899 'previewontop' => 1,
4900 'rcdays' => 7,
4901 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4902 'rclimit' => 50,
4903 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4904 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4905 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4906 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4907 'skin' => false,
4908 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4909 'thumbsize' => 5,
4910 'underline' => 2,
4911 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4912 'usenewrc' => 1,
4913 'watchcreations' => 1,
4914 'watchdefault' => 1,
4915 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4916 'watchuploads' => 1,
4917 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4918 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4919 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4920 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4921 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4922 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4923 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4924 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4925 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4926 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4927 'watchmoves' => 0,
4928 'watchrollback' => 0,
4929 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4930 'wllimit' => 250,
4931 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4932 'prefershttps' => 1,
4933 ];
4934
4935 /**
4936 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4937 */
4938 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4939
4940 /**
4941 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4942 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4943 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4944 */
4945 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4946
4947 /**
4948 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4949 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4950 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4951 *
4952 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4953 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4954 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4955 */
4956 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4957
4958 /**
4959 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4960 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4961 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4962 * @since 1.17
4963 */
4964 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4965
4966 /**
4967 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4968 *
4969 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4970 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4971 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4972 *
4973 * @since 1.27
4974 * @var string|null
4975 */
4976 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4977
4978 /**
4979 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4980 *
4981 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4982 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4983 *
4984 * @since 1.27
4985 */
4986 $wgSessionProviders = [
4987 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4988 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4989 'args' => [ [
4990 'priority' => 30,
4991 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4992 ] ],
4993 ],
4994 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4995 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4996 'args' => [ [
4997 'priority' => 75,
4998 ] ],
4999 ],
5000 ];
5001
5002 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
5003
5004 /************************************************************************//**
5005 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
5006 * @{
5007 */
5008
5009 /**
5010 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
5011 */
5012 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
5013
5014 /**
5015 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5016 *
5017 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
5018 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
5019 * restrictions.
5020 */
5021 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5022
5023 /**
5024 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5025 */
5026 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5027
5028 /**
5029 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5030 *
5031 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5032 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5033 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5034 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5035 *
5036 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5037 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5038 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5039 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5040 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5041 */
5042 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5043 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5044 'IPv6' => 19,
5045 ];
5046
5047 /**
5048 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5049 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5050 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5051 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5052 * anonymous visitors.
5053 */
5054 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5055
5056 /**
5057 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5058 *
5059 * @par Example:
5060 * @code
5061 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5062 * @endcode
5063 *
5064 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5065 *
5066 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5067 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5068 *
5069 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5070 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5071 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5072 *
5073 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5074 * hook instead.
5075 */
5076 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5077
5078 /**
5079 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5080 *
5081 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5082 * is without underscore.
5083 *
5084 * @par Example:
5085 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5086 * @code
5087 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5088 * @endcode
5089 *
5090 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5091 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5092 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5093 *
5094 * @par Example:
5095 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5096 * @code
5097 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5098 * @endcode
5099 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5100 *
5101 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5102 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5103 */
5104 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5105
5106 /**
5107 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5108 * address before being allowed to edit?
5109 */
5110 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5111
5112 /**
5113 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5114 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5115 */
5116 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5117
5118 /**
5119 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5120 *
5121 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5122 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5123 *
5124 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5125 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5126 *
5127 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5128 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5129 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5130 * in in the user_groups table.
5131 *
5132 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5133 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5134 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5135 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5136 *
5137 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5138 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5139 *
5140 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5141 */
5142 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5143
5144 /** @cond file_level_code */
5145 // Implicit group for all visitors
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5157 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5158
5159 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5182
5183 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5186
5187 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5188 // from various log pages by default
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5197
5198 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5202 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5204 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5206 // can view deleted revision text
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5237 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5239 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5240 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5241 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5242 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5243
5244 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5245 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5246 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5247 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5248 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5249 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5250 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5251
5252 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5253 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5254 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5255 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5256 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5257 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5258 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5259
5260 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5261 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5262 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5263 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5264 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5265 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5266 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5267 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5268 // For private suppression log access
5269 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5270
5271 /**
5272 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5273 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5274 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5275 * server.
5276 */
5277 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5278
5279 /** @endcond */
5280
5281 /**
5282 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5283 *
5284 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5285 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5286 *
5287 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5288 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5289 */
5290 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5291
5292 /**
5293 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5294 */
5295 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5296
5297 /**
5298 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5299 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5300 *
5301 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5302 * group".
5303 *
5304 * @par Example:
5305 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5306 * @code
5307 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5308 * @endcode
5309 *
5310 * @par Example:
5311 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5312 * @code
5313 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5314 * @endcode
5315 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5316 * any group that they happen to be in.
5317 */
5318 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5319
5320 /**
5321 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5322 */
5323 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5324
5325 /**
5326 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5327 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5328 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5329 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5330 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5331 */
5332 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5333
5334 /**
5335 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5336 *
5337 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5338 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5339 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5340 *
5341 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5342 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5343 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5344 */
5345 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5346
5347 /**
5348 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5349 *
5350 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5351 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5352 *
5353 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5354 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5355 */
5356 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5357
5358 /**
5359 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5360 *
5361 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5362 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5363 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5364 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5365 * "semiprotected".
5366 *
5367 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5368 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5369 */
5370 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5371
5372 /**
5373 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5374 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5375 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5376 *
5377 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5378 */
5379 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5380
5381 /**
5382 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5383 *
5384 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5385 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5386 *
5387 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5388 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5389 */
5390 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5391
5392 /**
5393 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5394 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5395 * privileges of new accounts.
5396 *
5397 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5398 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5399 *
5400 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5401 *
5402 * @par Example:
5403 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5404 * @code
5405 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5406 * @endcode
5407 * Set age to one day:
5408 * @code
5409 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5410 * @endcode
5411 */
5412 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5413
5414 /**
5415 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5416 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5417 *
5418 * @par Example:
5419 * @code
5420 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5421 * @endcode
5422 */
5423 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5424
5425 /**
5426 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5427 *
5428 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5429 *
5430 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5431 * 'groupname' => cond,
5432 * 'group2' => cond2,
5433 * );
5434 *
5435 * A `cond` may be:
5436 * - a single condition without arguments:
5437 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5438 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5439 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5440 * - a single condition with arguments:
5441 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5442 * - a set of conditions:
5443 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5444 *
5445 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5446 * - `&` (**AND**):
5447 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5448 * - `|` (**OR**):
5449 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5450 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5451 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5452 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5453 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5454 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5455 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5456 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5457 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5458 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5459 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5460 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5461 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5462 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5463 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5464 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5465 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5466 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5467 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5468 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5469 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5470 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5471 * true if the user is blocked
5472 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5473 * true if the user is a bot
5474 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5475 *
5476 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5477 * linked by operands.
5478 *
5479 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5480 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5481 */
5482 $wgAutopromote = [
5483 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5484 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5485 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5486 ],
5487 ];
5488
5489 /**
5490 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5491 *
5492 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5493 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5494 *
5495 * The format is:
5496 * @code
5497 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5498 * @endcode
5499 * Where event is either:
5500 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5501 *
5502 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5503 *
5504 * @see $wgAutopromote
5505 * @since 1.18
5506 */
5507 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5508 'onEdit' => [],
5509 ];
5510
5511 /**
5512 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5513 * @since 1.18
5514 */
5515 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5516
5517 /**
5518 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5519 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5520 *
5521 * @par Example:
5522 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5523 * @code
5524 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5525 * @endcode
5526 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5527 * @code
5528 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5529 * @endcode
5530 * Sysops can make bots:
5531 * @code
5532 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5533 * @endcode
5534 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5535 * @code
5536 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5537 * @endcode
5538 */
5539 $wgAddGroups = [];
5540
5541 /**
5542 * @see $wgAddGroups
5543 */
5544 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5545
5546 /**
5547 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5548 * For extensions only.
5549 */
5550 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5551
5552 /**
5553 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5554 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5555 */
5556 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5557
5558 /**
5559 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5560 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5561 */
5562 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5563
5564 /**
5565 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5566 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5567 * This is limited for performance reason.
5568 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5569 * @since 1.23
5570 */
5571 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5572
5573 /**
5574 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5575 *
5576 * @par Example:
5577 * @code
5578 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5579 * // no more than 100 per month
5580 * [
5581 * 'count' => 100,
5582 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5583 * ],
5584 * // no more than 10 per day
5585 * [
5586 * 'count' => 10,
5587 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5588 * ],
5589 * ];
5590 * @endcode
5591 *
5592 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5593 */
5594 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5595 'count' => 0,
5596 'seconds' => 86400,
5597 ] ];
5598
5599 /**
5600 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5601 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5602 *
5603 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5604 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5605 *
5606 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5607 *
5608 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5609 */
5610 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5611
5612 /**
5613 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5614 */
5615 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5616
5617 /**
5618 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5619 * proxies
5620 * @since 1.16
5621 */
5622 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5623
5624 /**
5625 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5626 *
5627 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5628 * the blacklist require a key).
5629 *
5630 * @par Example:
5631 * @code
5632 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5633 * // String containing URL
5634 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5635 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5636 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5637 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5638 * // just use a string as shown above
5639 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5640 * ];
5641 * @endcode
5642 *
5643 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5644 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5645 * @since 1.16
5646 */
5647 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5648
5649 /**
5650 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5651 * what the other methods might say.
5652 */
5653 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5654
5655 /**
5656 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5657 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5658 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5659 * @since 1.29
5660 * @var string[]
5661 */
5662 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5663
5664 /**
5665 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5666 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5667 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5668 */
5669 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5670
5671 /**
5672 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5673 *
5674 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5675 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5676 * elapses.
5677 *
5678 * @par Example:
5679 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5680 * @code
5681 * $wgRateLimits = [
5682 * 'edit' => [
5683 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5684 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5685 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5686 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5687 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5688 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5689 * ]
5690 * ];
5691 * @endcode
5692 *
5693 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5694 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5695 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5696 * @code
5697 * $wgRateLimits = [
5698 * 'some-action' => [
5699 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5700 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5701 * ];
5702 * @endcode
5703 *
5704 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5705 */
5706 $wgRateLimits = [
5707 // Page edits
5708 'edit' => [
5709 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5710 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5711 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5712 ],
5713 // Page moves
5714 'move' => [
5715 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5716 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5717 ],
5718 // File uploads
5719 'upload' => [
5720 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5721 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5722 ],
5723 // Page rollbacks
5724 'rollback' => [
5725 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5726 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5727 ],
5728 // Triggering password resets emails
5729 'mailpassword' => [
5730 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5731 ],
5732 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5733 'emailuser' => [
5734 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5735 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5736 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5737 ],
5738 'changeemail' => [
5739 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5740 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5741 ],
5742 // Purging pages
5743 'purge' => [
5744 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5745 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5746 ],
5747 // Purges of link tables
5748 'linkpurge' => [
5749 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5750 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5751 ],
5752 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5753 'renderfile' => [
5754 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5755 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5756 ],
5757 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5758 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5759 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5760 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5761 ],
5762 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5763 'stashedit' => [
5764 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5765 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5766 ],
5767 // Adding or removing change tags
5768 'changetag' => [
5769 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5770 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5771 ],
5772 // Changing the content model of a page
5773 'editcontentmodel' => [
5774 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5775 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5776 ],
5777 ];
5778
5779 /**
5780 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5781 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5782 */
5783 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5784
5785 /**
5786 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5787 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5788 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5789 */
5790 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5791
5792 /**
5793 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5794 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5795 */
5796 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5797
5798 /**
5799 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5800 *
5801 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5802 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5803 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5804 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5805 *
5806 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5807 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5808 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5809 */
5810 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5811 // Short term limit
5812 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5813 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5814 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5815 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5816 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5817 ];
5818
5819 /**
5820 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5821 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5822 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5823 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5824 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5825 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5826 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5827 * @since 1.27
5828 */
5829 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5830
5831 // @TODO: clean up grants
5832 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5857
5858 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5866
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5877
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5880 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5885
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5888
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5894 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5895
5896 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5897
5898 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5899
5900 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5902
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5904 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5905 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5906
5907 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5908
5909 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5910 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5911 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5912 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5913 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5914 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5915 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5916
5917 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5918
5919 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5920 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5921
5922 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5923
5924 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5925
5926 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5927
5928 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5929
5930 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5931
5932 /**
5933 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5934 * @since 1.27
5935 */
5936 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5937 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5938 'basic' => 'hidden',
5939
5940 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5941 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5942 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5943 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5944
5945 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5946 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5947
5948 'sendemail' => 'email',
5949
5950 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5951 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5952
5953 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5954 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5955
5956 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5957 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5958 'rollback' => 'administration',
5959 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5960 'delete' => 'administration',
5961 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5962 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5963 'protect' => 'administration',
5964 'oversight' => 'administration',
5965 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5966
5967 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5968
5969 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5970 ];
5971
5972 /**
5973 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5974 * @since 1.27
5975 */
5976 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5977
5978 /**
5979 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5980 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5981 * @since 1.27
5982 */
5983 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5984
5985 /**
5986 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5987 *
5988 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5989 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5990 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5991 * @since 1.27
5992 */
5993 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5994
5995 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5996
5997 /************************************************************************//**
5998 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5999 * @{
6000 */
6001
6002 /**
6003 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
6004 */
6005 $wgSecretKey = false;
6006
6007 /**
6008 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
6009 *
6010 * This can have the following formats:
6011 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
6012 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
6013 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
6014 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
6015 */
6016 $wgProxyList = [];
6017
6018 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6019
6020 /************************************************************************//**
6021 * @name Cookie settings
6022 * @{
6023 */
6024
6025 /**
6026 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6027 */
6028 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6029
6030 /**
6031 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6032 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6033 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6034 * login cookies session-only.
6035 */
6036 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6037
6038 /**
6039 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6040 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6041 */
6042 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6043
6044 /**
6045 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6046 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6047 */
6048 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6049
6050 /**
6051 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6052 * - true: Set secure flag
6053 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6054 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6055 */
6056 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6057
6058 /**
6059 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6060 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6061 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6062 * check.
6063 */
6064 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6065
6066 /**
6067 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6068 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6069 * name to be used as a prefix.
6070 */
6071 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6072
6073 /**
6074 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6075 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6076 * XSS attack.
6077 */
6078 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6082 */
6083 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6084
6085 /**
6086 * Override to customise the session name
6087 */
6088 $wgSessionName = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6092 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6093 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6094 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6095 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6096 */
6097 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6098
6099 /**
6100 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6101 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6102 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6103 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6104 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6105 */
6106 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6107
6108 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6109
6110 /************************************************************************//**
6111 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6112 * @{
6113 */
6114
6115 /**
6116 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6117 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6118 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6119 * Please see math/README for more information.
6120 */
6121 $wgUseTeX = false;
6122
6123 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6124
6125 /************************************************************************//**
6126 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6127 *
6128 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6129 *
6130 * @{
6131 */
6132
6133 /**
6134 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6135 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6136 * may contain private data.
6137 */
6138 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6139
6140 /**
6141 * Prefix for debug log lines
6142 */
6143 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6144
6145 /**
6146 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6147 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6148 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6149 */
6150 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6151
6152 /**
6153 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6154 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6155 * and gen=js requests.
6156 */
6157 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6158
6159 /**
6160 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6161 *
6162 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6163 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6164 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6165 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6166 */
6167 $wgDebugComments = false;
6168
6169 /**
6170 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6171 *
6172 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6173 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6174 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6175 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6176 */
6177 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6178
6179 /**
6180 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6181 *
6182 * @since 1.26
6183 */
6184 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6185 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6186 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6187 'GET' => [
6188 'masterConns' => 0,
6189 'writes' => 0,
6190 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6191 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6192 ],
6193 // HTTP POST requests.
6194 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6195 'POST' => [
6196 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6197 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6198 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6199 'maxAffected' => 1000
6200 ],
6201 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6202 'writes' => 0,
6203 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6204 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6205 ],
6206 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6207 'PostSend-GET' => [
6208 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6209 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6210 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6211 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6212 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6213 'masterConns' => 0,
6214 'writes' => 0,
6215 ],
6216 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6217 'PostSend-POST' => [
6218 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6219 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6220 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6221 'maxAffected' => 1000
6222 ],
6223 // Background job runner
6224 'JobRunner' => [
6225 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6226 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6227 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6228 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6229 ],
6230 // Command-line scripts
6231 'Maintenance' => [
6232 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6233 'maxAffected' => 1000
6234 ]
6235 ];
6236
6237 /**
6238 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6239 *
6240 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6241 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6242 * in production.
6243 *
6244 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6245 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6246 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6247 * - associative array with keys:
6248 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6249 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6250 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6251 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6252 *
6253 * @par Example:
6254 * @code
6255 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6256 * @endcode
6257 *
6258 * @par Advanced example:
6259 * @code
6260 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6261 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6262 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6263 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6264 * ];
6265 * @endcode
6266 */
6267 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6268
6269 /**
6270 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6271 *
6272 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6273 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6274 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6275 * details.
6276 *
6277 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6278 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6279 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6280 *
6281 * @par To completely disable logging:
6282 * @code
6283 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6284 * @endcode
6285 *
6286 * @since 1.25
6287 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6288 * @see MwLogger
6289 */
6290 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6291 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6292 ];
6293
6294 /**
6295 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6296 *
6297 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6298 */
6299 $wgShowDebug = false;
6300
6301 /**
6302 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6303 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6304 */
6305 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6306
6307 /**
6308 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6309 */
6310 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6311
6312 /**
6313 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6314 */
6315 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6316
6317 /**
6318 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6319 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6320 * to an attacker.
6321 *
6322 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6323 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6324 */
6325 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6326
6327 /**
6328 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6329 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6330 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6331 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6332 */
6333 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6334
6335 /**
6336 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6337 *
6338 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6339 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6340 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6341 * exception handler.
6342 *
6343 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6344 */
6345 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6349 */
6350 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6351
6352 /**
6353 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6354 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6355 */
6356 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6357
6358 /**
6359 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6360 */
6361 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6362
6363 /**
6364 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6365 * Should be a string, default false.
6366 * @since 1.20
6367 */
6368 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6372 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6373 */
6374 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6375
6376 /**
6377 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6378 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6379 * after the limit.
6380 */
6381 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6382
6383 /**
6384 * Profiler configuration.
6385 *
6386 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6387 *
6388 * Example:
6389 *
6390 * @code
6391 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6392 * @endcode
6393 *
6394 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6395 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6396 *
6397 * @code
6398 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6399 * @endcode
6400 *
6401 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6402 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6403 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6404 *
6405 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6406 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6407 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6408 *
6409 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6410 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6411 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6412 *
6413 * @code
6414 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6415 * @endcode
6416 *
6417 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6418 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6419 *
6420 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6421 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6422 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6423 *
6424 * @code
6425 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6426 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6427 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6428 * @endcode
6429 *
6430 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6431 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6432 *
6433 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6434 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6435 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6436 *
6437 * @since 1.17.0
6438 */
6439 $wgProfiler = [];
6440
6441 /**
6442 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6443 *
6444 * @since 1.5.0
6445 */
6446 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6447
6448 /**
6449 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6450 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6451 */
6452 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6453
6454 /**
6455 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6456 *
6457 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6458 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6459 */
6460 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6461
6462 /**
6463 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6464 *
6465 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6466 *
6467 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6468 *
6469 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6470 * @since 1.25
6471 */
6472 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6473
6474 /**
6475 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6476 *
6477 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6478 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6479 * @since 1.25
6480 */
6481 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6482
6483 /**
6484 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6485 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6486 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6487 * @since 1.28
6488 */
6489 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6490 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6491 ];
6492
6493 /**
6494 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6495 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6496 * templates.
6497 */
6498 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6499
6500 /**
6501 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6502 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6503 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6504 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6505 */
6506 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6507
6508 /**
6509 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6510 * filename is passed to it.
6511 *
6512 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6513 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6514 *
6515 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6516 *
6517 * Use full paths.
6518 *
6519 * @deprecated since 1.30
6520 */
6521 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6522
6523 /**
6524 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6525 */
6526 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6527
6528 /**
6529 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6530 * @since 1.19
6531 */
6532 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6533
6534 /**
6535 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6536 * queries and other useful output.
6537 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
6538 *
6539 * @since 1.19
6540 */
6541 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6542
6543 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6544
6545 /************************************************************************//**
6546 * @name Search
6547 * @{
6548 */
6549
6550 /**
6551 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6552 */
6553 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6554
6555 /**
6556 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6557 * by default off due to execution overhead
6558 */
6559 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6563 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6564 */
6565 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6566
6567 /**
6568 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6569 *
6570 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6571 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6572 *
6573 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6574 *
6575 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6576 */
6577 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6578
6579 /**
6580 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6581 *
6582 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6583 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6584 *
6585 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6586 */
6587 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6588 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6589 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6590 ];
6591
6592 /**
6593 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6594 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6595 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6596 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6597 */
6598 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6602 * OpenSearch call.
6603 */
6604 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6605
6606 /**
6607 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6608 */
6609 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6610
6611 /**
6612 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6613 */
6614 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6615
6616 /**
6617 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6618 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6619 */
6620 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6621
6622 /**
6623 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6624 *
6625 * @par Example:
6626 * @code
6627 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6628 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6629 * @endcode
6630 */
6631 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6632 NS_MAIN => true,
6633 ];
6634
6635 /**
6636 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6637 * implemented by an extension instead.
6638 */
6639 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6643 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6644 * search term.
6645 *
6646 * @par Example:
6647 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6648 * @code
6649 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6650 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6651 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6652 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6653 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6654 * @endcode
6655 */
6656 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6657
6658 /**
6659 * Search form behavior.
6660 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6661 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6662 */
6663 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6664
6665 /**
6666 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6667 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6668 * generated for all namespaces.
6669 */
6670 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6674 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6675 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6676 *
6677 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6678 * @par Example:
6679 * @code
6680 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6681 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6682 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6683 * ];
6684 * @endcode
6685 */
6686 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6687
6688 /**
6689 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6690 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6691 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6692 */
6693 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6694
6695 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6696
6697 /************************************************************************//**
6698 * @name Edit user interface
6699 * @{
6700 */
6701
6702 /**
6703 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6704 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6705 */
6706 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6707
6708 /**
6709 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6710 */
6711 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6712
6713 /**
6714 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6715 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6716 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6717 */
6718 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6719 NS_CATEGORY => true
6720 ];
6721
6722 /**
6723 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6724 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6725 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6726 */
6727 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6728
6729 /**
6730 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6731 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6732 * ting this variable false.
6733 */
6734 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6735
6736 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6737
6738 /************************************************************************//**
6739 * @name Maintenance
6740 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6741 * @{
6742 */
6743
6744 /**
6745 * @cond file_level_code
6746 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6747 */
6748 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6749 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6750 }
6751 /** @endcond */
6752
6753 /**
6754 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6755 */
6756 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6757
6758 /**
6759 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6760 * used as an explanation to users.
6761 *
6762 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6763 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6764 * option in MySQL.
6765 */
6766 $wgReadOnly = null;
6767
6768 /**
6769 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6770 * @var bool
6771 * @since 1.31
6772 */
6773 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6774
6775 /**
6776 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6777 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6778 * message.
6779 *
6780 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6781 */
6782 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6783
6784 /**
6785 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6786 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6787 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6788 *
6789 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6790 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6791 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6792 */
6793 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6794
6795 /**
6796 * Fully specified path to git binary
6797 */
6798 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6799
6800 /**
6801 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6802 *
6803 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6804 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6805 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6806 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6807 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6808 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6809 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6810 *
6811 * @since 1.20
6812 */
6813 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6814 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6815 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6816 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6817 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6818 ];
6819
6820 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6821
6822 /************************************************************************//**
6823 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6824 * @{
6825 */
6826
6827 /**
6828 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6829 * seconds will go.
6830 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6831 */
6832 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6833
6834 /**
6835 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6836 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6837 * @since 1.26
6838 */
6839 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6840
6841 /**
6842 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6843 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6844 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6845 * @since 1.26
6846 */
6847 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6848
6849 /**
6850 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6851 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6852 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6853 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6854 * is still there.
6855 */
6856 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6857
6858 /**
6859 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6860 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6861 */
6862 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6863
6864 /**
6865 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6866 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6867 */
6868 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6869
6870 /**
6871 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6872 *
6873 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6874 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6875 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6876 *
6877 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6878 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6879 * passed to the constructor.
6880 *
6881 * Common options:
6882 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6883 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6884 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6885 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6886 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6887 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6888 *
6889 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6890 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6891 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6892 * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
6893 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6894 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6895 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6896 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6897 *
6898 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6899 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6900 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6901 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6902 *
6903 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6904 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6905 *
6906 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6907 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6908 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6909 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6910 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6911 * ];
6912 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6913 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6914 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6915 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6916 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6917 * ];
6918 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6919 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6920 * ];
6921 * @since 1.22
6922 */
6923 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6927 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6928 * @since 1.22
6929 */
6930 $wgRCEngines = [
6931 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6932 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6933 ];
6934
6935 /**
6936 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6937 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6938 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6939 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6940 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6941 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6942 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6943 *
6944 * @since 1.27
6945 */
6946 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6950 * New pages and new files are included.
6951 *
6952 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6953 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6954 * Special:Log.
6955 */
6956 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6957
6958 /**
6959 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6960 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6961 * 0 to disable completely.
6962 */
6963 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6964
6965 /**
6966 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6967 *
6968 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6969 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6970 * Special:Log.
6971 */
6972 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6976 *
6977 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6978 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6979 * Special:Log.
6980 *
6981 * @since 1.27
6982 */
6983 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6984
6985 /**
6986 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6987 */
6988 $wgFeed = true;
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6992 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6993 */
6994 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6995
6996 /**
6997 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6998 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6999 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
7000 *
7001 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
7002 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
7003 */
7004 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
7005
7006 /**
7007 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
7008 * pages larger than this size.
7009 */
7010 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
7011
7012 /**
7013 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
7014 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
7015 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
7016 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
7017 * as value.
7018 * @par Example:
7019 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
7020 * @code
7021 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7022 * @endcode
7023 */
7024 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7025
7026 /**
7027 * Available feeds objects.
7028 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7029 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7030 */
7031 $wgFeedClasses = [
7032 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7033 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7034 ];
7035
7036 /**
7037 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7038 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7039 */
7040 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7041
7042 /**
7043 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7044 */
7045 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7046
7047 /**
7048 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7049 */
7050 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7051
7052 /**
7053 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7054 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7055 * highlighted on the RC page.
7056 */
7057 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7058
7059 /**
7060 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7061 * view for watched pages with new changes
7062 */
7063 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7064
7065 /**
7066 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7067 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7068 */
7069 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7070
7071 /**
7072 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7073 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7074 */
7075 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7076
7077 /**
7078 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7079 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7080 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7081 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7082 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7083 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7084 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7085 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7086 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7087 *
7088 * @var array
7089 * @since 1.31
7090 */
7091 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7092 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7093 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7094 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7095 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7096 'mw-blank' => true,
7097 'mw-replace' => true,
7098 'mw-rollback' => true,
7099 'mw-undo' => true,
7100 ];
7101
7102 /**
7103 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7104 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7105 * watchers.
7106 *
7107 * @since 1.21
7108 */
7109 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7110
7111 /**
7112 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7113 * certain types of edits.
7114 *
7115 * To register a new one:
7116 * @code
7117 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7118 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7119 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7120 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7121 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7122 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7123 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7124 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7125 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7126 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7127 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7128 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7129 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7130 * ];
7131 * @endcode
7132 *
7133 * @since 1.22
7134 */
7135 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7136 'newpage' => [
7137 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7138 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7139 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7140 'grouping' => 'any',
7141 ],
7142 'minor' => [
7143 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7144 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7145 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7146 'class' => 'minoredit',
7147 'grouping' => 'all',
7148 ],
7149 'bot' => [
7150 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7151 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7152 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7153 'class' => 'botedit',
7154 'grouping' => 'all',
7155 ],
7156 'unpatrolled' => [
7157 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7158 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7159 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7160 'grouping' => 'any',
7161 ],
7162 ];
7163
7164 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7165
7166 /************************************************************************//**
7167 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7168 * @{
7169 */
7170
7171 /**
7172 * Override for copyright metadata.
7173 *
7174 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7175 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7176 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7177 */
7178 $wgRightsPage = null;
7179
7180 /**
7181 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7182 * wiki.
7183 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7184 */
7185 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7186
7187 /**
7188 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7189 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7190 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7191 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7192 */
7193 $wgRightsText = null;
7194
7195 /**
7196 * Override for copyright metadata.
7197 */
7198 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7199
7200 /**
7201 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7202 */
7203 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7204
7205 /**
7206 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7207 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7208 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7209 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7210 * large wikis.
7211 */
7212 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7213
7214 /**
7215 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7216 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7217 */
7218 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7219
7220 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7221
7222 /************************************************************************//**
7223 * @name Import / Export
7224 * @{
7225 */
7226
7227 /**
7228 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7229 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7230 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7231 *
7232 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7233 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7234 * e.g.
7235 * @code
7236 * $wgImportSources = [
7237 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7238 * 'wikispecies',
7239 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7240 * ];
7241 * @endcode
7242 *
7243 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7244 * the ImportSources hook.
7245 *
7246 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7247 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7248 */
7249 $wgImportSources = [];
7250
7251 /**
7252 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7253 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7254 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7255 *
7256 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7257 */
7258 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7259
7260 /**
7261 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7262 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7263 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7264 */
7265 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7266
7267 /**
7268 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7269 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7270 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7271 */
7272 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7273
7274 /**
7275 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7276 */
7277 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7278
7279 /**
7280 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7281 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7282 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7283 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7284 * it's disabled by default for now.
7285 *
7286 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7287 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7288 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7289 */
7290 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7291
7292 /**
7293 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7294 */
7295 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7296
7297 /**
7298 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7299 */
7300 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7301
7302 /**
7303 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7304 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7305 *
7306 * @since 1.27
7307 */
7308 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7309
7310 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7311
7312 /*************************************************************************//**
7313 * @name Extensions
7314 * @{
7315 */
7316
7317 /**
7318 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7319 * initialised
7320 */
7321 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7322
7323 /**
7324 * Extension messages files.
7325 *
7326 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7327 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7328 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7329 * is the most common.
7330 *
7331 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7332 * in the core.
7333 *
7334 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7335 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7336 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7337 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7338 *
7339 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7340 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7341 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7342 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7343 *
7344 * @par Example:
7345 * @code
7346 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7347 * @endcode
7348 */
7349 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7350
7351 /**
7352 * Extension messages directories.
7353 *
7354 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7355 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7356 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7357 * message directories.
7358 *
7359 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7360 *
7361 * @par Simple example:
7362 * @code
7363 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7364 * @endcode
7365 *
7366 * @par Complex example:
7367 * @code
7368 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7369 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7370 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7371 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7372 * ]
7373 * @endcode
7374 * @since 1.23
7375 */
7376 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7377
7378 /**
7379 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7380 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7381 * @since 1.22
7382 */
7383 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7384
7385 /**
7386 * Parser output hooks.
7387 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7388 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7389 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7390 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7391 *
7392 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7393 *
7394 * The callback has the form:
7395 * @code
7396 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7397 * @endcode
7398 */
7399 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7400
7401 /**
7402 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7403 */
7404 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7405
7406 /**
7407 * List of valid skin names
7408 *
7409 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7410 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7411 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7412 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7413 */
7414 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7415
7416 /**
7417 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7418 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7419 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7420 * SpecialPage.
7421 */
7422 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7423
7424 /**
7425 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7426 */
7427 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7428
7429 /**
7430 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7431 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7432 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7433 */
7434 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7435
7436 /**
7437 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7438 *
7439 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7440 *
7441 * @code
7442 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7443 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7444 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7445 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7446 * 'author' => [
7447 * 'Foo Barstein',
7448 * ],
7449 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7450 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7451 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7452 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7453 * ];
7454 * @endcode
7455 *
7456 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7457 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7458 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7459 * interpreted as wikitext.
7460 *
7461 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7462 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7463 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7464 *
7465 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7466 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7467 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7468 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7469 *
7470 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7471 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7472 * usually are.)
7473 *
7474 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7475 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7476 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7477 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7478 *
7479 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7480 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7481 *
7482 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7483 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7484 *
7485 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7486 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7487 */
7488 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7489
7490 /**
7491 * Global list of hooks.
7492 *
7493 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7494 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7495 * internally by Hook:run().
7496 *
7497 * The value can be one of:
7498 *
7499 * - A function name:
7500 * @code
7501 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7502 * @endcode
7503 * - A function with some data:
7504 * @code
7505 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7506 * @endcode
7507 * - A an object method:
7508 * @code
7509 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7510 * @endcode
7511 * - A closure:
7512 * @code
7513 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7514 * // Handler code goes here.
7515 * };
7516 * @endcode
7517 *
7518 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7519 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7520 *
7521 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7522 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7523 */
7524 $wgHooks = [];
7525
7526 /**
7527 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7528 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7529 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7530 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7531 * hook for that.
7532 *
7533 * @see MediaWikiServices
7534 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7535 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7536 */
7537 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7538 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7539 ];
7540
7541 /**
7542 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7543 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7544 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7545 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7546 * The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
7547 */
7548 $wgJobClasses = [
7549 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7550 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7551 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7552 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7553 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7554 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7555 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7556 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7557 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7558 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7559 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7560 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7561 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7562 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7563 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7564 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7565 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7566 },
7567 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7568 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7569 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7570 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7571 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
7572 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7573 'null' => NullJob::class,
7574 ];
7575
7576 /**
7577 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7578 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7579 *
7580 * These can be:
7581 * - Very long-running jobs.
7582 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7583 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7584 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7585 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7586 */
7587 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7588
7589 /**
7590 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7591 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7592 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7593 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7594 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7595 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7596 * @var float[]
7597 */
7598 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7599
7600 /**
7601 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7602 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7603 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7604 *
7605 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7606 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7607 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7608 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7609 *
7610 * @var float|bool
7611 * @since 1.26
7612 */
7613 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7614
7615 /**
7616 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7617 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7618 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7619 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7620 */
7621 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7622 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7623 ];
7624
7625 /**
7626 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7627 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7628 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7629 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7630 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7631 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7632 * that limit is hit.
7633 *
7634 * @since 1.29
7635 */
7636 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7637
7638 /**
7639 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7640 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7641 */
7642 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7643 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7644 ];
7645
7646 /**
7647 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7648 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7649 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7650 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7651 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7652 */
7653 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7654 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7655 ];
7656
7657 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7658
7659 /*************************************************************************//**
7660 * @name Categories
7661 * @{
7662 */
7663
7664 /**
7665 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7666 */
7667 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7668
7669 /**
7670 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7671 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7672 */
7673 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7674
7675 /**
7676 * Paging limit for categories
7677 */
7678 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7679
7680 /**
7681 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7682 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7683 *
7684 * Available values are:
7685 *
7686 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7687 *
7688 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7689 *
7690 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7691 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7692 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7693 *
7694 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7695 * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7696 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7697 * server.
7698 *
7699 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7700 * the sort keys in the database.
7701 *
7702 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7703 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7704 */
7705 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7706
7707 /** @} */ # End categories }
7708
7709 /*************************************************************************//**
7710 * @name Logging
7711 * @{
7712 */
7713
7714 /**
7715 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7716 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7717 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7718 * log type.
7719 *
7720 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7721 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7722 */
7723 $wgLogTypes = [
7724 '',
7725 'block',
7726 'protect',
7727 'rights',
7728 'delete',
7729 'upload',
7730 'move',
7731 'import',
7732 'patrol',
7733 'merge',
7734 'suppress',
7735 'tag',
7736 'managetags',
7737 'contentmodel',
7738 ];
7739
7740 /**
7741 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7742 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7743 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7744 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7745 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7746 */
7747 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7748 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7749 ];
7750
7751 /**
7752 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7753 *
7754 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7755 *
7756 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7757 *
7758 * @par Example:
7759 * @code
7760 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7761 * @endcode
7762 *
7763 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7764 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7765 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7766 *
7767 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7768 * used for the link text.
7769 */
7770 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7771 'patrol' => true,
7772 'tag' => true,
7773 ];
7774
7775 /**
7776 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7777 * will be listed in the user interface.
7778 *
7779 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7780 *
7781 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7782 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7783 */
7784 $wgLogNames = [
7785 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7786 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7787 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7788 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7789 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7790 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7791 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7792 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7793 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7794 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7795 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7796 ];
7797
7798 /**
7799 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7800 * top of each log type.
7801 *
7802 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7803 *
7804 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7805 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7806 */
7807 $wgLogHeaders = [
7808 '' => 'alllogstext',
7809 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7810 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7811 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7812 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7813 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7814 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7815 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7816 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7817 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7818 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7819 ];
7820
7821 /**
7822 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7823 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7824 *
7825 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7826 */
7827 $wgLogActions = [];
7828
7829 /**
7830 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7831 * not messages.
7832 * @see LogPage::actionText
7833 * @see LogFormatter
7834 */
7835 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7836 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7837 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7838 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7839 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7840 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7841 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7842 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7843 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7844 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7845 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7846 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7847 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7848 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7849 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7850 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7851 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7852 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7853 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7854 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7855 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7856 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7857 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7858 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7859 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7860 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7861 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7862 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7863 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7864 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7865 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7866 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7867 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7868 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7869 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7870 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7871 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7872 ];
7873
7874 /**
7875 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7876 *
7877 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7878 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7879 * Extensions may append to this array
7880 * @since 1.27
7881 */
7882 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7883 'block' => [
7884 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7885 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7886 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7887 ],
7888 'contentmodel' => [
7889 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7890 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7891 ],
7892 'delete' => [
7893 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7894 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7895 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7896 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7897 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7898 ],
7899 'import' => [
7900 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7901 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7902 ],
7903 'managetags' => [
7904 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7905 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7906 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7907 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7908 ],
7909 'move' => [
7910 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7911 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7912 ],
7913 'newusers' => [
7914 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7915 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7916 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7917 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7918 ],
7919 'protect' => [
7920 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7921 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7922 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7923 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7924 ],
7925 'rights' => [
7926 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7927 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7928 ],
7929 'suppress' => [
7930 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7931 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7932 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7933 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7934 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7935 ],
7936 'upload' => [
7937 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7938 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7939 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7940 ],
7941 ];
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7945 */
7946 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7947
7948 /**
7949 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7950 * @since 1.32
7951 */
7952 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7953
7954 /** @} */ # end logging }
7955
7956 /*************************************************************************//**
7957 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7958 * @{
7959 */
7960
7961 /**
7962 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7963 */
7964 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7965
7966 /**
7967 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7968 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7969 */
7970 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7971
7972 /**
7973 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7974 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7975 */
7976 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7977
7978 /**
7979 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7980 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7981 */
7982 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7983
7984 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7985
7986 /*************************************************************************//**
7987 * @name Actions
7988 * @{
7989 */
7990
7991 /**
7992 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7993 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7994 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7995 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7996 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7997 * instead of the default class.
7998 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7999 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
8000 */
8001 $wgActions = [
8002 'credits' => true,
8003 'delete' => true,
8004 'edit' => true,
8005 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8006 'history' => true,
8007 'info' => true,
8008 'markpatrolled' => true,
8009 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
8010 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
8011 'protect' => true,
8012 'purge' => true,
8013 'raw' => true,
8014 'render' => true,
8015 'revert' => true,
8016 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8017 'rollback' => true,
8018 'submit' => true,
8019 'unprotect' => true,
8020 'unwatch' => true,
8021 'view' => true,
8022 'watch' => true,
8023 ];
8024
8025 /** @} */ # end actions }
8026
8027 /*************************************************************************//**
8028 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8029 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8030 * @{
8031 */
8032
8033 /**
8034 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8035 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8036 * basis.
8037 */
8038 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8039
8040 /**
8041 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8042 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8043 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8044 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8045 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8046 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8047 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8048 *
8049 * @par Example:
8050 * @code
8051 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8052 * @endcode
8053 */
8054 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8055
8056 /**
8057 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8058 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8059 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8060 *
8061 * @par Example:
8062 * @code
8063 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8064 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8065 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8066 * ];
8067 * @endcode
8068 *
8069 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8070 * forms:
8071 * @code
8072 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8073 * # Underscore, not space!
8074 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8075 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8076 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8077 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8078 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8079 * ];
8080 * @endcode
8081 */
8082 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8083
8084 /**
8085 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8086 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8087 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8088 *
8089 * @par Example:
8090 * @code
8091 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8092 * @endcode
8093 */
8094 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8095
8096 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8097
8098 /************************************************************************//**
8099 * @name AJAX and API
8100 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8101 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8102 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8103 * @{
8104 */
8105
8106 /**
8107 *
8108 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8109 *
8110 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8111 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8112 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8113 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8114 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8115 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8116 * requiring POST.
8117 *
8118 * @since 1.21
8119 */
8120 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8121
8122 /**
8123 * API module extensions.
8124 *
8125 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8126 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8127 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8128 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8129 *
8130 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8131 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8132 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8133 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8134 * field.
8135 *
8136 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8137 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8138 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8139 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8140 *
8141 * Examples for registering API modules:
8142 *
8143 * @code
8144 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8145 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8146 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8147 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8148 * ];
8149 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8150 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8151 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8152 * ];
8153 * @endcode
8154 *
8155 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8156 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8157 */
8158 $wgAPIModules = [];
8159
8160 /**
8161 * API format module extensions.
8162 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8163 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8164 *
8165 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8166 */
8167 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8168
8169 /**
8170 * API Query meta module extensions.
8171 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8172 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8173 *
8174 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8175 */
8176 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8177
8178 /**
8179 * API Query prop module extensions.
8180 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8181 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8182 *
8183 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8184 */
8185 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8186
8187 /**
8188 * API Query list module extensions.
8189 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8190 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8191 *
8192 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8193 */
8194 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8195
8196 /**
8197 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8198 * The default value is generally fine
8199 */
8200 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8201
8202 /**
8203 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8204 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8205 */
8206 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8207
8208 /**
8209 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8210 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8211 */
8212 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8213
8214 /**
8215 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8216 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8217 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8218 */
8219 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8223 * API request logging
8224 */
8225 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8229 */
8230 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8231
8232 /**
8233 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8234 * API queries.
8235 */
8236 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8237 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8238 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8239 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8240 ];
8241
8242 /**
8243 * Enable AJAX framework
8244 *
8245 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8246 */
8247 $wgUseAjax = true;
8248
8249 /**
8250 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8251 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8252 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8253 */
8254 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8258 */
8259 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8263 */
8264 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8268 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8269 */
8270 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8274 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8275 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8276 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8277 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8278 *
8279 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8280 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8281 *
8282 * @par Example:
8283 * @code
8284 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8285 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8286 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8287 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8288 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8289 * ];
8290 * @endcode
8291 */
8292 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8293
8294 /**
8295 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8296 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8297 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8298 */
8299 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8300
8301 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8302
8303 /************************************************************************//**
8304 * @name Shell and process control
8305 * @{
8306 */
8307
8308 /**
8309 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8310 */
8311 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8312
8313 /**
8314 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8315 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8316 */
8317 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8318
8319 /**
8320 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8321 */
8322 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8323
8324 /**
8325 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8326 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8327 */
8328 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8329
8330 /**
8331 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8332 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8333 *
8334 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8335 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8336 * them segfault or deadlock.
8337 *
8338 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8339 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8340 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8341 *
8342 * @par Example:
8343 * @code
8344 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8345 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8346 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8347 * @endcode
8348 *
8349 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8350 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8351 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8352 */
8353 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8354
8355 /**
8356 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8357 */
8358 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8359
8360 /**
8361 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8362 *
8363 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8364 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8365 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8366 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8367 *
8368 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8369 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8370 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8371 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8372 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8373 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8374 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8375 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8376 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8377 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8378 * decimal separator)
8379 *
8380 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8381 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8382 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8383 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8384 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8385 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8386 * displayed to the user.
8387 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8388 * date/time values.
8389 *
8390 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8391 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8392 * wikis.
8393 */
8394 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8398 *
8399 * Supported options:
8400 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8401 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8402 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8403 *
8404 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8405 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8406 *
8407 * @since 1.31
8408 * @var string|bool
8409 */
8410 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8411
8412 /** @} */ # End shell }
8413
8414 /************************************************************************//**
8415 * @name HTTP client
8416 * @{
8417 */
8418
8419 /**
8420 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8421 * @var int
8422 */
8423 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8427 * @since 1.29
8428 */
8429 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8433 */
8434 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8435
8436 /**
8437 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8438 */
8439 $wgHTTPProxy = '';
8440
8441 /**
8442 * Local virtual hosts.
8443 *
8444 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8445 *
8446 * This affects the following:
8447 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8448 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8449 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8450 * the proxy if it is configured.
8451 *
8452 * @since 1.25
8453 */
8454 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8455
8456 /**
8457 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8458 * Only works for curl
8459 */
8460 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8461
8462 /**
8463 * Whether to respect/honour the request ID provided by the incoming request
8464 * via the `X-Request-Id` header. Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front
8465 * of Mediawiki sanitises external requests. Default: `false`.
8466 */
8467 $wgAllowExternalReqID = false;
8468
8469 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8470
8471 /************************************************************************//**
8472 * @name Job queue
8473 * @{
8474 */
8475
8476 /**
8477 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8478 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8479 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8480 * be run periodically.
8481 */
8482 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8483
8484 /**
8485 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8486 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8487 * execution finishes.
8488 *
8489 * @since 1.23
8490 */
8491 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8492
8493 /**
8494 * Number of rows to update per job
8495 */
8496 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8497
8498 /**
8499 * Number of rows to update per query
8500 */
8501 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8502
8503 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8504
8505 /************************************************************************//**
8506 * @name Miscellaneous
8507 * @{
8508 */
8509
8510 /**
8511 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8512 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8513 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8514 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8515 */
8516 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8517
8518 /**
8519 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8520 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8521 * Supported values:
8522 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8523 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8524 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8525 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8526 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8527 *
8528 * @since 1.30
8529 * @deprecated since 1.34
8530 */
8531 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8532
8533 /**
8534 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8535 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8536 *
8537 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8538 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8539 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8540 */
8541 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8542
8543 /**
8544 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8545 * For debugging
8546 */
8547 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8548
8549 /**
8550 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8551 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8552 */
8553 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8554
8555 /**
8556 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8557 */
8558 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8559
8560 /**
8561 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8562 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8563 */
8564 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8565
8566 /**
8567 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8568 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8569 */
8570 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8571
8572 /**
8573 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8574 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8575 *
8576 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8577 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8578 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8579 * parameters.
8580 *
8581 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8582 * @code
8583 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8584 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8585 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8586 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8587 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8588 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8589 * 'redisConfig' => []
8590 * ] ];
8591 * @endcode
8592 *
8593 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8594 * @code
8595 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8596 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8597 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8598 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8599 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8600 * ... any extension-specific options...
8601 * ] ];
8602 * @endcode
8603 */
8604 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8605
8606 /**
8607 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8608 */
8609 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8610
8611 /**
8612 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8613 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8614 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8615 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8616 *
8617 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8618 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8619 *
8620 * @since 1.21
8621 */
8622 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8623
8624 /**
8625 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8626 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8627 *
8628 * * 'ignore': return null
8629 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8630 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8631 *
8632 * @since 1.21
8633 */
8634 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8635
8636 /**
8637 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8638 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8639 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8640 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8641 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8642 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8643 *
8644 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8645 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8646 *
8647 * @since 1.21
8648 */
8649 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8650
8651 /**
8652 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8653 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8654 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8655 *
8656 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8657 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8658 *
8659 * @since 1.21
8660 */
8661 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8662 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8663 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8664 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8665 ];
8666
8667 /**
8668 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8669 *
8670 * @since 1.20
8671 */
8672 $wgSiteTypes = [
8673 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8674 ];
8675
8676 /**
8677 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8678 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8679 * @since 1.23
8680 */
8681 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8682
8683 /**
8684 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8685 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8686 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8687 *
8688 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8689 *
8690 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8691 *
8692 * @since 1.24
8693 */
8694 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8695
8696 /**
8697 * Secret for session storage.
8698 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8699 * be used.
8700 * @since 1.27
8701 */
8702 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8703
8704 /**
8705 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8706 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8707 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8708 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8709 * @since 1.27
8710 */
8711 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8712
8713 /**
8714 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8715 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8716 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8717 * be used.
8718 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8719 * @since 1.24
8720 */
8721 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8722
8723 /**
8724 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8725 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8726 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8727 * @since 1.24
8728 */
8729 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8730
8731 /**
8732 * Enable page language feature
8733 * Allows setting page language in database
8734 * @var bool
8735 * @since 1.24
8736 */
8737 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8738
8739 /**
8740 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8741 *
8742 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8743 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8744 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8745 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8746 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8747 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8748 *
8749 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8750 *
8751 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8752 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8753 * 'options' => [
8754 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8755 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8756 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8757 * ]
8758 * ];
8759 *
8760 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8761 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8762 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8763 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8764 *
8765 * Example config for Parsoid:
8766 *
8767 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8768 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8769 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8770 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8771 * ];
8772 *
8773 * @var array
8774 * @since 1.25
8775 */
8776 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8777 'paths' => [],
8778 'modules' => [],
8779 'global' => [
8780 # Timeout in seconds
8781 'timeout' => 360,
8782 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8783 'forwardCookies' => false,
8784 'HTTPProxy' => null
8785 ]
8786 ];
8787
8788 /**
8789 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8790 * these suggestions.
8791 *
8792 * @var bool
8793 * @since 1.26
8794 */
8795 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8796
8797 /**
8798 * Where popular password file is located.
8799 *
8800 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8801 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8802 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8803 *
8804 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8805 * @since 1.27
8806 * @deprecated since 1.33
8807 * @var string path to file
8808 */
8809 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8810
8811 /*
8812 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8813 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8814 *
8815 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8816 * @since 1.27
8817 */
8818 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8819
8820 /*
8821 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8822 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8823 *
8824 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8825 * @since 1.30
8826 */
8827 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8828
8829 /**
8830 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8831 *
8832 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8833 * @since 1.32
8834 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8835 * If an array, can have parameters:
8836 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8837 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8838 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8839 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8840 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8841 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8842 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8843 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8844 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8845 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8846 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8847 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8848 */
8849 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8850
8851 /**
8852 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8853 *
8854 * @since 1.32
8855 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8856 */
8857 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8858
8859 /**
8860 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8861 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8862 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8863 *
8864 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8865 *
8866 * @since 1.32
8867 * @var string[]
8868 */
8869 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8870 'copyright',
8871 'history_copyright',
8872 'googlesearch',
8873 'feedback-terms',
8874 'feedback-termsofuse',
8875 ];
8876
8877 /**
8878 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8879 *
8880 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8881 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8882 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8883 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8884 * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8885 *
8886 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8887 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8888 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8889 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8890 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8891 *
8892 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8893 *
8894 * @since 1.27
8895 */
8896 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8897 'default' => [
8898 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8899 ]
8900 ];
8901
8902 /**
8903 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8904 *
8905 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8906 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8907 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8908 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8909 *
8910 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8911 *
8912 * @var bool
8913 * @since 1.28
8914 */
8915 $wgPingback = false;
8916
8917 /**
8918 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8919 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8920 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8921 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8922 *
8923 * @since 1.28
8924 */
8925 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8926 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8927 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8928 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8929 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8930 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8931 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8932 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8933 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8934 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8935 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8936 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8937 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8938 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8939 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8940 'chrome-extension' => true,
8941 ];
8942
8943 /**
8944 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8945 * at Special:Contributions.
8946 *
8947 * @var array
8948 * @since 1.30
8949 */
8950 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8951 'IPv4' => 16,
8952 'IPv6' => 32,
8953 ];
8954
8955 /**
8956 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8957 *
8958 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8959 *
8960 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8961 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8962 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8963 *
8964 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8965 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8966 */
8967 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8968 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8969 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8970 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8971
8972 /**
8973 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8974 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8975 *
8976 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8977 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8978 *
8979 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8980 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8981 *
8982 * @par Example:
8983 * @code
8984 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8985 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8986 *];
8987 * @endcode
8988 */
8989 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8990
8991 /**
8992 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8993 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8994 *
8995 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8996 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8997 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8998 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8999 *
9000 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
9001 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
9002 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
9003 *
9004 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
9005 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
9006 *
9007 * @since 1.32
9008 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9009 */
9010 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
9011
9012 /**
9013 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
9014 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
9015 */
9016 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
9017
9018 /**
9019 * Actor table schema migration stage.
9020 *
9021 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
9022 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
9023 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
9024 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
9025 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
9026 *
9027 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
9028 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
9029 *
9030 * @since 1.31
9031 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9032 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9033 */
9034 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
9035
9036 /**
9037 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9038 * or namespaces.
9039 *
9040 * @since 1.33
9041 * @deprecated 1.33
9042 * @var bool
9043 */
9044 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9045
9046 /**
9047 * Origin Trials tokens.
9048 *
9049 * @since 1.33
9050 * @var array
9051 */
9052 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9053
9054 /**
9055 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9056 *
9057 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9058 *
9059 * @since 1.33
9060 * @var bool
9061 */
9062 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9063
9064 /**
9065 * Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
9066 *
9067 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9068 *
9069 * @since 1.34
9070 * @var float
9071 */
9072 $wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
9073
9074 /**
9075 * Enable Element Timing.
9076 *
9077 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9078 *
9079 * @since 1.33
9080 * @var bool
9081 */
9082 $wgElementTiming = false;
9083
9084 /**
9085 * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
9086 *
9087 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9088 *
9089 * @since 1.34
9090 * @var int
9091 */
9092 $wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
9093
9094 /**
9095 * List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
9096 *
9097 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9098 *
9099 * @since 1.34
9100 * @var array
9101 */
9102 $wgReportToEndpoints = [];
9103
9104 /**
9105 * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
9106 * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
9107 *
9108 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9109 *
9110 * @since 1.34
9111 * @var array
9112 */
9113 $wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
9114
9115 /**
9116 * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
9117 * Settings that can be used:
9118 * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
9119 * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
9120 * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
9121 * @since 1.34
9122 * @var array
9123 */
9124 $wgSpecialSearchFormOptions = [];
9125
9126 /**
9127 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9128 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9129 * @}
9130 */